1 /* Xtensa-specific support for 32-bit ELF.
2 Copyright 2003, 2004, 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
6 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
7 modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
8 published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
9 License, or (at your option) any later version.
11 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
12 WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
13 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
14 General Public License for more details.
16 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
17 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
18 Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
30 #include "elf/xtensa.h"
31 #include "xtensa-isa.h"
32 #include "xtensa-config.h"
34 #define XTENSA_NO_NOP_REMOVAL 0
36 /* Local helper functions. */
38 static bfd_boolean
add_extra_plt_sections (bfd
*, int);
39 static char *build_encoding_error_message (xtensa_opcode
, bfd_vma
);
40 static bfd_reloc_status_type bfd_elf_xtensa_reloc
41 (bfd
*, arelent
*, asymbol
*, void *, asection
*, bfd
*, char **);
42 static bfd_boolean do_fix_for_relocatable_link
43 (Elf_Internal_Rela
*, bfd
*, asection
*, bfd_byte
*);
44 static void do_fix_for_final_link
45 (Elf_Internal_Rela
*, bfd
*, asection
*, bfd_byte
*, bfd_vma
*);
47 /* Local functions to handle Xtensa configurability. */
49 static bfd_boolean
is_indirect_call_opcode (xtensa_opcode
);
50 static bfd_boolean
is_direct_call_opcode (xtensa_opcode
);
51 static bfd_boolean
is_windowed_call_opcode (xtensa_opcode
);
52 static xtensa_opcode
get_const16_opcode (void);
53 static xtensa_opcode
get_l32r_opcode (void);
54 static bfd_vma
l32r_offset (bfd_vma
, bfd_vma
);
55 static int get_relocation_opnd (xtensa_opcode
, int);
56 static int get_relocation_slot (int);
57 static xtensa_opcode get_relocation_opcode
58 (bfd
*, asection
*, bfd_byte
*, Elf_Internal_Rela
*);
59 static bfd_boolean is_l32r_relocation
60 (bfd
*, asection
*, bfd_byte
*, Elf_Internal_Rela
*);
61 static bfd_boolean
is_alt_relocation (int);
62 static bfd_boolean
is_operand_relocation (int);
63 static bfd_size_type insn_decode_len
64 (bfd_byte
*, bfd_size_type
, bfd_size_type
);
65 static xtensa_opcode insn_decode_opcode
66 (bfd_byte
*, bfd_size_type
, bfd_size_type
, int);
67 static bfd_boolean check_branch_target_aligned
68 (bfd_byte
*, bfd_size_type
, bfd_vma
, bfd_vma
);
69 static bfd_boolean check_loop_aligned
70 (bfd_byte
*, bfd_size_type
, bfd_vma
, bfd_vma
);
71 static bfd_boolean
check_branch_target_aligned_address (bfd_vma
, int);
72 static bfd_size_type get_asm_simplify_size
73 (bfd_byte
*, bfd_size_type
, bfd_size_type
);
75 /* Functions for link-time code simplifications. */
77 static bfd_reloc_status_type elf_xtensa_do_asm_simplify
78 (bfd_byte
*, bfd_vma
, bfd_vma
, char **);
79 static bfd_reloc_status_type contract_asm_expansion
80 (bfd_byte
*, bfd_vma
, Elf_Internal_Rela
*, char **);
81 static xtensa_opcode
swap_callx_for_call_opcode (xtensa_opcode
);
82 static xtensa_opcode
get_expanded_call_opcode (bfd_byte
*, int, bfd_boolean
*);
84 /* Access to internal relocations, section contents and symbols. */
86 static Elf_Internal_Rela
*retrieve_internal_relocs
87 (bfd
*, asection
*, bfd_boolean
);
88 static void pin_internal_relocs (asection
*, Elf_Internal_Rela
*);
89 static void release_internal_relocs (asection
*, Elf_Internal_Rela
*);
90 static bfd_byte
*retrieve_contents (bfd
*, asection
*, bfd_boolean
);
91 static void pin_contents (asection
*, bfd_byte
*);
92 static void release_contents (asection
*, bfd_byte
*);
93 static Elf_Internal_Sym
*retrieve_local_syms (bfd
*);
95 /* Miscellaneous utility functions. */
97 static asection
*elf_xtensa_get_plt_section (bfd
*, int);
98 static asection
*elf_xtensa_get_gotplt_section (bfd
*, int);
99 static asection
*get_elf_r_symndx_section (bfd
*, unsigned long);
100 static struct elf_link_hash_entry
*get_elf_r_symndx_hash_entry
101 (bfd
*, unsigned long);
102 static bfd_vma
get_elf_r_symndx_offset (bfd
*, unsigned long);
103 static bfd_boolean
is_reloc_sym_weak (bfd
*, Elf_Internal_Rela
*);
104 static bfd_boolean
pcrel_reloc_fits (xtensa_opcode
, int, bfd_vma
, bfd_vma
);
105 static bfd_boolean
xtensa_is_property_section (asection
*);
106 static bfd_boolean
xtensa_is_littable_section (asection
*);
107 static int internal_reloc_compare (const void *, const void *);
108 static int internal_reloc_matches (const void *, const void *);
109 extern char *xtensa_get_property_section_name (asection
*, const char *);
110 static flagword
xtensa_get_property_predef_flags (asection
*);
112 /* Other functions called directly by the linker. */
114 typedef void (*deps_callback_t
)
115 (asection
*, bfd_vma
, asection
*, bfd_vma
, void *);
116 extern bfd_boolean xtensa_callback_required_dependence
117 (bfd
*, asection
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, deps_callback_t
, void *);
120 /* Globally visible flag for choosing size optimization of NOP removal
121 instead of branch-target-aware minimization for NOP removal.
122 When nonzero, narrow all instructions and remove all NOPs possible
123 around longcall expansions. */
125 int elf32xtensa_size_opt
;
128 /* The "new_section_hook" is used to set up a per-section
129 "xtensa_relax_info" data structure with additional information used
130 during relaxation. */
132 typedef struct xtensa_relax_info_struct xtensa_relax_info
;
135 /* Total count of PLT relocations seen during check_relocs.
136 The actual PLT code must be split into multiple sections and all
137 the sections have to be created before size_dynamic_sections,
138 where we figure out the exact number of PLT entries that will be
139 needed. It is OK if this count is an overestimate, e.g., some
140 relocations may be removed by GC. */
142 static int plt_reloc_count
= 0;
145 /* The GNU tools do not easily allow extending interfaces to pass around
146 the pointer to the Xtensa ISA information, so instead we add a global
147 variable here (in BFD) that can be used by any of the tools that need
150 xtensa_isa xtensa_default_isa
;
153 /* When this is true, relocations may have been modified to refer to
154 symbols from other input files. The per-section list of "fix"
155 records needs to be checked when resolving relocations. */
157 static bfd_boolean relaxing_section
= FALSE
;
159 /* When this is true, during final links, literals that cannot be
160 coalesced and their relocations may be moved to other sections. */
162 int elf32xtensa_no_literal_movement
= 1;
165 static reloc_howto_type elf_howto_table
[] =
167 HOWTO (R_XTENSA_NONE
, 0, 0, 0, FALSE
, 0, complain_overflow_dont
,
168 bfd_elf_xtensa_reloc
, "R_XTENSA_NONE",
169 FALSE
, 0x00000000, 0x00000000, FALSE
),
170 HOWTO (R_XTENSA_32
, 0, 2, 32, FALSE
, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield
,
171 bfd_elf_xtensa_reloc
, "R_XTENSA_32",
172 TRUE
, 0xffffffff, 0xffffffff, FALSE
),
173 /* Replace a 32-bit value with a value from the runtime linker (only
174 used by linker-generated stub functions). The r_addend value is
175 special: 1 means to substitute a pointer to the runtime linker's
176 dynamic resolver function; 2 means to substitute the link map for
177 the shared object. */
178 HOWTO (R_XTENSA_RTLD
, 0, 2, 32, FALSE
, 0, complain_overflow_dont
,
179 NULL
, "R_XTENSA_RTLD",
180 FALSE
, 0x00000000, 0x00000000, FALSE
),
181 HOWTO (R_XTENSA_GLOB_DAT
, 0, 2, 32, FALSE
, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield
,
182 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
, "R_XTENSA_GLOB_DAT",
183 FALSE
, 0xffffffff, 0xffffffff, FALSE
),
184 HOWTO (R_XTENSA_JMP_SLOT
, 0, 2, 32, FALSE
, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield
,
185 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
, "R_XTENSA_JMP_SLOT",
186 FALSE
, 0xffffffff, 0xffffffff, FALSE
),
187 HOWTO (R_XTENSA_RELATIVE
, 0, 2, 32, FALSE
, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield
,
188 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
, "R_XTENSA_RELATIVE",
189 FALSE
, 0xffffffff, 0xffffffff, FALSE
),
190 HOWTO (R_XTENSA_PLT
, 0, 2, 32, FALSE
, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield
,
191 bfd_elf_xtensa_reloc
, "R_XTENSA_PLT",
192 FALSE
, 0xffffffff, 0xffffffff, FALSE
),
194 HOWTO (R_XTENSA_OP0
, 0, 0, 0, TRUE
, 0, complain_overflow_dont
,
195 bfd_elf_xtensa_reloc
, "R_XTENSA_OP0",
196 FALSE
, 0x00000000, 0x00000000, TRUE
),
197 HOWTO (R_XTENSA_OP1
, 0, 0, 0, TRUE
, 0, complain_overflow_dont
,
198 bfd_elf_xtensa_reloc
, "R_XTENSA_OP1",
199 FALSE
, 0x00000000, 0x00000000, TRUE
),
200 HOWTO (R_XTENSA_OP2
, 0, 0, 0, TRUE
, 0, complain_overflow_dont
,
201 bfd_elf_xtensa_reloc
, "R_XTENSA_OP2",
202 FALSE
, 0x00000000, 0x00000000, TRUE
),
203 /* Assembly auto-expansion. */
204 HOWTO (R_XTENSA_ASM_EXPAND
, 0, 0, 0, TRUE
, 0, complain_overflow_dont
,
205 bfd_elf_xtensa_reloc
, "R_XTENSA_ASM_EXPAND",
206 FALSE
, 0x00000000, 0x00000000, FALSE
),
207 /* Relax assembly auto-expansion. */
208 HOWTO (R_XTENSA_ASM_SIMPLIFY
, 0, 0, 0, TRUE
, 0, complain_overflow_dont
,
209 bfd_elf_xtensa_reloc
, "R_XTENSA_ASM_SIMPLIFY",
210 FALSE
, 0x00000000, 0x00000000, TRUE
),
213 /* GNU extension to record C++ vtable hierarchy. */
214 HOWTO (R_XTENSA_GNU_VTINHERIT
, 0, 2, 0, FALSE
, 0, complain_overflow_dont
,
215 NULL
, "R_XTENSA_GNU_VTINHERIT",
216 FALSE
, 0x00000000, 0x00000000, FALSE
),
217 /* GNU extension to record C++ vtable member usage. */
218 HOWTO (R_XTENSA_GNU_VTENTRY
, 0, 2, 0, FALSE
, 0, complain_overflow_dont
,
219 _bfd_elf_rel_vtable_reloc_fn
, "R_XTENSA_GNU_VTENTRY",
220 FALSE
, 0x00000000, 0x00000000, FALSE
),
222 /* Relocations for supporting difference of symbols. */
223 HOWTO (R_XTENSA_DIFF8
, 0, 0, 8, FALSE
, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield
,
224 bfd_elf_xtensa_reloc
, "R_XTENSA_DIFF8",
225 FALSE
, 0xffffffff, 0xffffffff, FALSE
),
226 HOWTO (R_XTENSA_DIFF16
, 0, 1, 16, FALSE
, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield
,
227 bfd_elf_xtensa_reloc
, "R_XTENSA_DIFF16",
228 FALSE
, 0xffffffff, 0xffffffff, FALSE
),
229 HOWTO (R_XTENSA_DIFF32
, 0, 2, 32, FALSE
, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield
,
230 bfd_elf_xtensa_reloc
, "R_XTENSA_DIFF32",
231 FALSE
, 0xffffffff, 0xffffffff, FALSE
),
233 /* General immediate operand relocations. */
234 HOWTO (R_XTENSA_SLOT0_OP
, 0, 0, 0, TRUE
, 0, complain_overflow_dont
,
235 bfd_elf_xtensa_reloc
, "R_XTENSA_SLOT0_OP",
236 FALSE
, 0x00000000, 0x00000000, TRUE
),
237 HOWTO (R_XTENSA_SLOT1_OP
, 0, 0, 0, TRUE
, 0, complain_overflow_dont
,
238 bfd_elf_xtensa_reloc
, "R_XTENSA_SLOT1_OP",
239 FALSE
, 0x00000000, 0x00000000, TRUE
),
240 HOWTO (R_XTENSA_SLOT2_OP
, 0, 0, 0, TRUE
, 0, complain_overflow_dont
,
241 bfd_elf_xtensa_reloc
, "R_XTENSA_SLOT2_OP",
242 FALSE
, 0x00000000, 0x00000000, TRUE
),
243 HOWTO (R_XTENSA_SLOT3_OP
, 0, 0, 0, TRUE
, 0, complain_overflow_dont
,
244 bfd_elf_xtensa_reloc
, "R_XTENSA_SLOT3_OP",
245 FALSE
, 0x00000000, 0x00000000, TRUE
),
246 HOWTO (R_XTENSA_SLOT4_OP
, 0, 0, 0, TRUE
, 0, complain_overflow_dont
,
247 bfd_elf_xtensa_reloc
, "R_XTENSA_SLOT4_OP",
248 FALSE
, 0x00000000, 0x00000000, TRUE
),
249 HOWTO (R_XTENSA_SLOT5_OP
, 0, 0, 0, TRUE
, 0, complain_overflow_dont
,
250 bfd_elf_xtensa_reloc
, "R_XTENSA_SLOT5_OP",
251 FALSE
, 0x00000000, 0x00000000, TRUE
),
252 HOWTO (R_XTENSA_SLOT6_OP
, 0, 0, 0, TRUE
, 0, complain_overflow_dont
,
253 bfd_elf_xtensa_reloc
, "R_XTENSA_SLOT6_OP",
254 FALSE
, 0x00000000, 0x00000000, TRUE
),
255 HOWTO (R_XTENSA_SLOT7_OP
, 0, 0, 0, TRUE
, 0, complain_overflow_dont
,
256 bfd_elf_xtensa_reloc
, "R_XTENSA_SLOT7_OP",
257 FALSE
, 0x00000000, 0x00000000, TRUE
),
258 HOWTO (R_XTENSA_SLOT8_OP
, 0, 0, 0, TRUE
, 0, complain_overflow_dont
,
259 bfd_elf_xtensa_reloc
, "R_XTENSA_SLOT8_OP",
260 FALSE
, 0x00000000, 0x00000000, TRUE
),
261 HOWTO (R_XTENSA_SLOT9_OP
, 0, 0, 0, TRUE
, 0, complain_overflow_dont
,
262 bfd_elf_xtensa_reloc
, "R_XTENSA_SLOT9_OP",
263 FALSE
, 0x00000000, 0x00000000, TRUE
),
264 HOWTO (R_XTENSA_SLOT10_OP
, 0, 0, 0, TRUE
, 0, complain_overflow_dont
,
265 bfd_elf_xtensa_reloc
, "R_XTENSA_SLOT10_OP",
266 FALSE
, 0x00000000, 0x00000000, TRUE
),
267 HOWTO (R_XTENSA_SLOT11_OP
, 0, 0, 0, TRUE
, 0, complain_overflow_dont
,
268 bfd_elf_xtensa_reloc
, "R_XTENSA_SLOT11_OP",
269 FALSE
, 0x00000000, 0x00000000, TRUE
),
270 HOWTO (R_XTENSA_SLOT12_OP
, 0, 0, 0, TRUE
, 0, complain_overflow_dont
,
271 bfd_elf_xtensa_reloc
, "R_XTENSA_SLOT12_OP",
272 FALSE
, 0x00000000, 0x00000000, TRUE
),
273 HOWTO (R_XTENSA_SLOT13_OP
, 0, 0, 0, TRUE
, 0, complain_overflow_dont
,
274 bfd_elf_xtensa_reloc
, "R_XTENSA_SLOT13_OP",
275 FALSE
, 0x00000000, 0x00000000, TRUE
),
276 HOWTO (R_XTENSA_SLOT14_OP
, 0, 0, 0, TRUE
, 0, complain_overflow_dont
,
277 bfd_elf_xtensa_reloc
, "R_XTENSA_SLOT14_OP",
278 FALSE
, 0x00000000, 0x00000000, TRUE
),
280 /* "Alternate" relocations. The meaning of these is opcode-specific. */
281 HOWTO (R_XTENSA_SLOT0_ALT
, 0, 0, 0, TRUE
, 0, complain_overflow_dont
,
282 bfd_elf_xtensa_reloc
, "R_XTENSA_SLOT0_ALT",
283 FALSE
, 0x00000000, 0x00000000, TRUE
),
284 HOWTO (R_XTENSA_SLOT1_ALT
, 0, 0, 0, TRUE
, 0, complain_overflow_dont
,
285 bfd_elf_xtensa_reloc
, "R_XTENSA_SLOT1_ALT",
286 FALSE
, 0x00000000, 0x00000000, TRUE
),
287 HOWTO (R_XTENSA_SLOT2_ALT
, 0, 0, 0, TRUE
, 0, complain_overflow_dont
,
288 bfd_elf_xtensa_reloc
, "R_XTENSA_SLOT2_ALT",
289 FALSE
, 0x00000000, 0x00000000, TRUE
),
290 HOWTO (R_XTENSA_SLOT3_ALT
, 0, 0, 0, TRUE
, 0, complain_overflow_dont
,
291 bfd_elf_xtensa_reloc
, "R_XTENSA_SLOT3_ALT",
292 FALSE
, 0x00000000, 0x00000000, TRUE
),
293 HOWTO (R_XTENSA_SLOT4_ALT
, 0, 0, 0, TRUE
, 0, complain_overflow_dont
,
294 bfd_elf_xtensa_reloc
, "R_XTENSA_SLOT4_ALT",
295 FALSE
, 0x00000000, 0x00000000, TRUE
),
296 HOWTO (R_XTENSA_SLOT5_ALT
, 0, 0, 0, TRUE
, 0, complain_overflow_dont
,
297 bfd_elf_xtensa_reloc
, "R_XTENSA_SLOT5_ALT",
298 FALSE
, 0x00000000, 0x00000000, TRUE
),
299 HOWTO (R_XTENSA_SLOT6_ALT
, 0, 0, 0, TRUE
, 0, complain_overflow_dont
,
300 bfd_elf_xtensa_reloc
, "R_XTENSA_SLOT6_ALT",
301 FALSE
, 0x00000000, 0x00000000, TRUE
),
302 HOWTO (R_XTENSA_SLOT7_ALT
, 0, 0, 0, TRUE
, 0, complain_overflow_dont
,
303 bfd_elf_xtensa_reloc
, "R_XTENSA_SLOT7_ALT",
304 FALSE
, 0x00000000, 0x00000000, TRUE
),
305 HOWTO (R_XTENSA_SLOT8_ALT
, 0, 0, 0, TRUE
, 0, complain_overflow_dont
,
306 bfd_elf_xtensa_reloc
, "R_XTENSA_SLOT8_ALT",
307 FALSE
, 0x00000000, 0x00000000, TRUE
),
308 HOWTO (R_XTENSA_SLOT9_ALT
, 0, 0, 0, TRUE
, 0, complain_overflow_dont
,
309 bfd_elf_xtensa_reloc
, "R_XTENSA_SLOT9_ALT",
310 FALSE
, 0x00000000, 0x00000000, TRUE
),
311 HOWTO (R_XTENSA_SLOT10_ALT
, 0, 0, 0, TRUE
, 0, complain_overflow_dont
,
312 bfd_elf_xtensa_reloc
, "R_XTENSA_SLOT10_ALT",
313 FALSE
, 0x00000000, 0x00000000, TRUE
),
314 HOWTO (R_XTENSA_SLOT11_ALT
, 0, 0, 0, TRUE
, 0, complain_overflow_dont
,
315 bfd_elf_xtensa_reloc
, "R_XTENSA_SLOT11_ALT",
316 FALSE
, 0x00000000, 0x00000000, TRUE
),
317 HOWTO (R_XTENSA_SLOT12_ALT
, 0, 0, 0, TRUE
, 0, complain_overflow_dont
,
318 bfd_elf_xtensa_reloc
, "R_XTENSA_SLOT12_ALT",
319 FALSE
, 0x00000000, 0x00000000, TRUE
),
320 HOWTO (R_XTENSA_SLOT13_ALT
, 0, 0, 0, TRUE
, 0, complain_overflow_dont
,
321 bfd_elf_xtensa_reloc
, "R_XTENSA_SLOT13_ALT",
322 FALSE
, 0x00000000, 0x00000000, TRUE
),
323 HOWTO (R_XTENSA_SLOT14_ALT
, 0, 0, 0, TRUE
, 0, complain_overflow_dont
,
324 bfd_elf_xtensa_reloc
, "R_XTENSA_SLOT14_ALT",
325 FALSE
, 0x00000000, 0x00000000, TRUE
)
330 fprintf (stderr, "Xtensa bfd reloc lookup %d (%s)\n", code, str)
335 static reloc_howto_type
*
336 elf_xtensa_reloc_type_lookup (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
337 bfd_reloc_code_real_type code
)
342 TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_NONE");
343 return &elf_howto_table
[(unsigned) R_XTENSA_NONE
];
346 TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_32");
347 return &elf_howto_table
[(unsigned) R_XTENSA_32
];
349 case BFD_RELOC_XTENSA_DIFF8
:
350 TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_XTENSA_DIFF8");
351 return &elf_howto_table
[(unsigned) R_XTENSA_DIFF8
];
353 case BFD_RELOC_XTENSA_DIFF16
:
354 TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_XTENSA_DIFF16");
355 return &elf_howto_table
[(unsigned) R_XTENSA_DIFF16
];
357 case BFD_RELOC_XTENSA_DIFF32
:
358 TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_XTENSA_DIFF32");
359 return &elf_howto_table
[(unsigned) R_XTENSA_DIFF32
];
361 case BFD_RELOC_XTENSA_RTLD
:
362 TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_XTENSA_RTLD");
363 return &elf_howto_table
[(unsigned) R_XTENSA_RTLD
];
365 case BFD_RELOC_XTENSA_GLOB_DAT
:
366 TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_XTENSA_GLOB_DAT");
367 return &elf_howto_table
[(unsigned) R_XTENSA_GLOB_DAT
];
369 case BFD_RELOC_XTENSA_JMP_SLOT
:
370 TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_XTENSA_JMP_SLOT");
371 return &elf_howto_table
[(unsigned) R_XTENSA_JMP_SLOT
];
373 case BFD_RELOC_XTENSA_RELATIVE
:
374 TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_XTENSA_RELATIVE");
375 return &elf_howto_table
[(unsigned) R_XTENSA_RELATIVE
];
377 case BFD_RELOC_XTENSA_PLT
:
378 TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_XTENSA_PLT");
379 return &elf_howto_table
[(unsigned) R_XTENSA_PLT
];
381 case BFD_RELOC_XTENSA_OP0
:
382 TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_XTENSA_OP0");
383 return &elf_howto_table
[(unsigned) R_XTENSA_OP0
];
385 case BFD_RELOC_XTENSA_OP1
:
386 TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_XTENSA_OP1");
387 return &elf_howto_table
[(unsigned) R_XTENSA_OP1
];
389 case BFD_RELOC_XTENSA_OP2
:
390 TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_XTENSA_OP2");
391 return &elf_howto_table
[(unsigned) R_XTENSA_OP2
];
393 case BFD_RELOC_XTENSA_ASM_EXPAND
:
394 TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_XTENSA_ASM_EXPAND");
395 return &elf_howto_table
[(unsigned) R_XTENSA_ASM_EXPAND
];
397 case BFD_RELOC_XTENSA_ASM_SIMPLIFY
:
398 TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_XTENSA_ASM_SIMPLIFY");
399 return &elf_howto_table
[(unsigned) R_XTENSA_ASM_SIMPLIFY
];
401 case BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_INHERIT
:
402 TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_INHERIT");
403 return &elf_howto_table
[(unsigned) R_XTENSA_GNU_VTINHERIT
];
405 case BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY
:
406 TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY");
407 return &elf_howto_table
[(unsigned) R_XTENSA_GNU_VTENTRY
];
410 if (code
>= BFD_RELOC_XTENSA_SLOT0_OP
411 && code
<= BFD_RELOC_XTENSA_SLOT14_OP
)
413 unsigned n
= (R_XTENSA_SLOT0_OP
+
414 (code
- BFD_RELOC_XTENSA_SLOT0_OP
));
415 return &elf_howto_table
[n
];
418 if (code
>= BFD_RELOC_XTENSA_SLOT0_ALT
419 && code
<= BFD_RELOC_XTENSA_SLOT14_ALT
)
421 unsigned n
= (R_XTENSA_SLOT0_ALT
+
422 (code
- BFD_RELOC_XTENSA_SLOT0_ALT
));
423 return &elf_howto_table
[n
];
434 /* Given an ELF "rela" relocation, find the corresponding howto and record
435 it in the BFD internal arelent representation of the relocation. */
438 elf_xtensa_info_to_howto_rela (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
440 Elf_Internal_Rela
*dst
)
442 unsigned int r_type
= ELF32_R_TYPE (dst
->r_info
);
444 BFD_ASSERT (r_type
< (unsigned int) R_XTENSA_max
);
445 cache_ptr
->howto
= &elf_howto_table
[r_type
];
449 /* Functions for the Xtensa ELF linker. */
451 /* The name of the dynamic interpreter. This is put in the .interp
454 #define ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER "/lib/ld.so"
456 /* The size in bytes of an entry in the procedure linkage table.
457 (This does _not_ include the space for the literals associated with
460 #define PLT_ENTRY_SIZE 16
462 /* For _really_ large PLTs, we may need to alternate between literals
463 and code to keep the literals within the 256K range of the L32R
464 instructions in the code. It's unlikely that anyone would ever need
465 such a big PLT, but an arbitrary limit on the PLT size would be bad.
466 Thus, we split the PLT into chunks. Since there's very little
467 overhead (2 extra literals) for each chunk, the chunk size is kept
468 small so that the code for handling multiple chunks get used and
469 tested regularly. With 254 entries, there are 1K of literals for
470 each chunk, and that seems like a nice round number. */
472 #define PLT_ENTRIES_PER_CHUNK 254
474 /* PLT entries are actually used as stub functions for lazy symbol
475 resolution. Once the symbol is resolved, the stub function is never
476 invoked. Note: the 32-byte frame size used here cannot be changed
477 without a corresponding change in the runtime linker. */
479 static const bfd_byte elf_xtensa_be_plt_entry
[PLT_ENTRY_SIZE
] =
481 0x6c, 0x10, 0x04, /* entry sp, 32 */
482 0x18, 0x00, 0x00, /* l32r a8, [got entry for rtld's resolver] */
483 0x1a, 0x00, 0x00, /* l32r a10, [got entry for rtld's link map] */
484 0x1b, 0x00, 0x00, /* l32r a11, [literal for reloc index] */
485 0x0a, 0x80, 0x00, /* jx a8 */
489 static const bfd_byte elf_xtensa_le_plt_entry
[PLT_ENTRY_SIZE
] =
491 0x36, 0x41, 0x00, /* entry sp, 32 */
492 0x81, 0x00, 0x00, /* l32r a8, [got entry for rtld's resolver] */
493 0xa1, 0x00, 0x00, /* l32r a10, [got entry for rtld's link map] */
494 0xb1, 0x00, 0x00, /* l32r a11, [literal for reloc index] */
495 0xa0, 0x08, 0x00, /* jx a8 */
500 static inline bfd_boolean
501 xtensa_elf_dynamic_symbol_p (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
502 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
504 /* Check if we should do dynamic things to this symbol. The
505 "ignore_protected" argument need not be set, because Xtensa code
506 does not require special handling of STV_PROTECTED to make function
507 pointer comparisons work properly. The PLT addresses are never
508 used for function pointers. */
510 return _bfd_elf_dynamic_symbol_p (h
, info
, 0);
515 property_table_compare (const void *ap
, const void *bp
)
517 const property_table_entry
*a
= (const property_table_entry
*) ap
;
518 const property_table_entry
*b
= (const property_table_entry
*) bp
;
520 if (a
->address
== b
->address
)
522 if (a
->size
!= b
->size
)
523 return (a
->size
- b
->size
);
525 if ((a
->flags
& XTENSA_PROP_ALIGN
) != (b
->flags
& XTENSA_PROP_ALIGN
))
526 return ((b
->flags
& XTENSA_PROP_ALIGN
)
527 - (a
->flags
& XTENSA_PROP_ALIGN
));
529 if ((a
->flags
& XTENSA_PROP_ALIGN
)
530 && (GET_XTENSA_PROP_ALIGNMENT (a
->flags
)
531 != GET_XTENSA_PROP_ALIGNMENT (b
->flags
)))
532 return (GET_XTENSA_PROP_ALIGNMENT (a
->flags
)
533 - GET_XTENSA_PROP_ALIGNMENT (b
->flags
));
535 if ((a
->flags
& XTENSA_PROP_UNREACHABLE
)
536 != (b
->flags
& XTENSA_PROP_UNREACHABLE
))
537 return ((b
->flags
& XTENSA_PROP_UNREACHABLE
)
538 - (a
->flags
& XTENSA_PROP_UNREACHABLE
));
540 return (a
->flags
- b
->flags
);
543 return (a
->address
- b
->address
);
548 property_table_matches (const void *ap
, const void *bp
)
550 const property_table_entry
*a
= (const property_table_entry
*) ap
;
551 const property_table_entry
*b
= (const property_table_entry
*) bp
;
553 /* Check if one entry overlaps with the other. */
554 if ((b
->address
>= a
->address
&& b
->address
< (a
->address
+ a
->size
))
555 || (a
->address
>= b
->address
&& a
->address
< (b
->address
+ b
->size
)))
558 return (a
->address
- b
->address
);
562 /* Get the literal table or property table entries for the given
563 section. Sets TABLE_P and returns the number of entries. On
564 error, returns a negative value. */
567 xtensa_read_table_entries (bfd
*abfd
,
569 property_table_entry
**table_p
,
570 const char *sec_name
,
571 bfd_boolean output_addr
)
573 asection
*table_section
;
574 char *table_section_name
;
575 bfd_size_type table_size
= 0;
576 bfd_byte
*table_data
;
577 property_table_entry
*blocks
;
578 int blk
, block_count
;
579 bfd_size_type num_records
;
580 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
;
581 bfd_vma section_addr
;
582 flagword predef_flags
;
583 bfd_size_type table_entry_size
;
586 || !(section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
)
587 || (section
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
))
593 table_section_name
= xtensa_get_property_section_name (section
, sec_name
);
594 table_section
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, table_section_name
);
595 free (table_section_name
);
597 table_size
= table_section
->size
;
605 predef_flags
= xtensa_get_property_predef_flags (table_section
);
606 table_entry_size
= 12;
608 table_entry_size
-= 4;
610 num_records
= table_size
/ table_entry_size
;
611 table_data
= retrieve_contents (abfd
, table_section
, TRUE
);
612 blocks
= (property_table_entry
*)
613 bfd_malloc (num_records
* sizeof (property_table_entry
));
617 section_addr
= section
->output_section
->vma
+ section
->output_offset
;
619 section_addr
= section
->vma
;
621 /* If the file has not yet been relocated, process the relocations
622 and sort out the table entries that apply to the specified section. */
623 internal_relocs
= retrieve_internal_relocs (abfd
, table_section
, TRUE
);
624 if (internal_relocs
&& !table_section
->reloc_done
)
628 for (i
= 0; i
< table_section
->reloc_count
; i
++)
630 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
= &internal_relocs
[i
];
631 unsigned long r_symndx
;
633 if (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
) == R_XTENSA_NONE
)
636 BFD_ASSERT (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
) == R_XTENSA_32
);
637 r_symndx
= ELF32_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
639 if (get_elf_r_symndx_section (abfd
, r_symndx
) == section
)
641 bfd_vma sym_off
= get_elf_r_symndx_offset (abfd
, r_symndx
);
642 BFD_ASSERT (sym_off
== 0);
643 BFD_ASSERT (rel
->r_addend
== 0);
644 blocks
[block_count
].address
=
645 (section_addr
+ sym_off
+ rel
->r_addend
646 + bfd_get_32 (abfd
, table_data
+ rel
->r_offset
));
647 blocks
[block_count
].size
=
648 bfd_get_32 (abfd
, table_data
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
650 blocks
[block_count
].flags
= predef_flags
;
652 blocks
[block_count
].flags
=
653 bfd_get_32 (abfd
, table_data
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 8);
660 /* The file has already been relocated and the addresses are
661 already in the table. */
663 bfd_size_type section_limit
= bfd_get_section_limit (abfd
, section
);
665 for (off
= 0; off
< table_size
; off
+= table_entry_size
)
667 bfd_vma address
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, table_data
+ off
);
669 if (address
>= section_addr
670 && address
< section_addr
+ section_limit
)
672 blocks
[block_count
].address
= address
;
673 blocks
[block_count
].size
=
674 bfd_get_32 (abfd
, table_data
+ off
+ 4);
676 blocks
[block_count
].flags
= predef_flags
;
678 blocks
[block_count
].flags
=
679 bfd_get_32 (abfd
, table_data
+ off
+ 8);
685 release_contents (table_section
, table_data
);
686 release_internal_relocs (table_section
, internal_relocs
);
690 /* Now sort them into address order for easy reference. */
691 qsort (blocks
, block_count
, sizeof (property_table_entry
),
692 property_table_compare
);
694 /* Check that the table contents are valid. Problems may occur,
695 for example, if an unrelocated object file is stripped. */
696 for (blk
= 1; blk
< block_count
; blk
++)
698 /* The only circumstance where two entries may legitimately
699 have the same address is when one of them is a zero-size
700 placeholder to mark a place where fill can be inserted.
701 The zero-size entry should come first. */
702 if (blocks
[blk
- 1].address
== blocks
[blk
].address
&&
703 blocks
[blk
- 1].size
!= 0)
705 (*_bfd_error_handler
) (_("%B(%A): invalid property table"),
707 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
719 static property_table_entry
*
720 elf_xtensa_find_property_entry (property_table_entry
*property_table
,
721 int property_table_size
,
724 property_table_entry entry
;
725 property_table_entry
*rv
;
727 if (property_table_size
== 0)
730 entry
.address
= addr
;
734 rv
= bsearch (&entry
, property_table
, property_table_size
,
735 sizeof (property_table_entry
), property_table_matches
);
741 elf_xtensa_in_literal_pool (property_table_entry
*lit_table
,
745 if (elf_xtensa_find_property_entry (lit_table
, lit_table_size
, addr
))
752 /* Look through the relocs for a section during the first phase, and
753 calculate needed space in the dynamic reloc sections. */
756 elf_xtensa_check_relocs (bfd
*abfd
,
757 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
759 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
)
761 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
762 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
763 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
;
764 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel_end
;
766 if (info
->relocatable
)
769 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
770 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
772 rel_end
= relocs
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
773 for (rel
= relocs
; rel
< rel_end
; rel
++)
776 unsigned long r_symndx
;
777 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
779 r_symndx
= ELF32_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
780 r_type
= ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
782 if (r_symndx
>= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr
))
784 (*_bfd_error_handler
) (_("%B: bad symbol index: %d"),
789 if (r_symndx
< symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
793 h
= sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- symtab_hdr
->sh_info
];
794 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
795 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
796 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
805 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
807 if (h
->got
.refcount
<= 0)
810 h
->got
.refcount
+= 1;
815 /* If this relocation is against a local symbol, then it's
816 exactly the same as a normal local GOT entry. */
820 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
822 if (h
->plt
.refcount
<= 0)
828 h
->plt
.refcount
+= 1;
830 /* Keep track of the total PLT relocation count even if we
831 don't yet know whether the dynamic sections will be
833 plt_reloc_count
+= 1;
835 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
837 if (!add_extra_plt_sections (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
,
845 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
847 bfd_signed_vma
*local_got_refcounts
;
849 /* This is a global offset table entry for a local symbol. */
850 local_got_refcounts
= elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd
);
851 if (local_got_refcounts
== NULL
)
855 size
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
856 size
*= sizeof (bfd_signed_vma
);
857 local_got_refcounts
=
858 (bfd_signed_vma
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, size
);
859 if (local_got_refcounts
== NULL
)
861 elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd
) = local_got_refcounts
;
863 local_got_refcounts
[r_symndx
] += 1;
870 case R_XTENSA_SLOT0_OP
:
871 case R_XTENSA_SLOT1_OP
:
872 case R_XTENSA_SLOT2_OP
:
873 case R_XTENSA_SLOT3_OP
:
874 case R_XTENSA_SLOT4_OP
:
875 case R_XTENSA_SLOT5_OP
:
876 case R_XTENSA_SLOT6_OP
:
877 case R_XTENSA_SLOT7_OP
:
878 case R_XTENSA_SLOT8_OP
:
879 case R_XTENSA_SLOT9_OP
:
880 case R_XTENSA_SLOT10_OP
:
881 case R_XTENSA_SLOT11_OP
:
882 case R_XTENSA_SLOT12_OP
:
883 case R_XTENSA_SLOT13_OP
:
884 case R_XTENSA_SLOT14_OP
:
885 case R_XTENSA_SLOT0_ALT
:
886 case R_XTENSA_SLOT1_ALT
:
887 case R_XTENSA_SLOT2_ALT
:
888 case R_XTENSA_SLOT3_ALT
:
889 case R_XTENSA_SLOT4_ALT
:
890 case R_XTENSA_SLOT5_ALT
:
891 case R_XTENSA_SLOT6_ALT
:
892 case R_XTENSA_SLOT7_ALT
:
893 case R_XTENSA_SLOT8_ALT
:
894 case R_XTENSA_SLOT9_ALT
:
895 case R_XTENSA_SLOT10_ALT
:
896 case R_XTENSA_SLOT11_ALT
:
897 case R_XTENSA_SLOT12_ALT
:
898 case R_XTENSA_SLOT13_ALT
:
899 case R_XTENSA_SLOT14_ALT
:
900 case R_XTENSA_ASM_EXPAND
:
901 case R_XTENSA_ASM_SIMPLIFY
:
903 case R_XTENSA_DIFF16
:
904 case R_XTENSA_DIFF32
:
905 /* Nothing to do for these. */
908 case R_XTENSA_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
909 /* This relocation describes the C++ object vtable hierarchy.
910 Reconstruct it for later use during GC. */
911 if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtinherit (abfd
, sec
, h
, rel
->r_offset
))
915 case R_XTENSA_GNU_VTENTRY
:
916 /* This relocation describes which C++ vtable entries are actually
917 used. Record for later use during GC. */
918 if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtentry (abfd
, sec
, h
, rel
->r_addend
))
932 elf_xtensa_make_sym_local (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
933 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
937 if (h
->plt
.refcount
> 0)
939 /* Will use RELATIVE relocs instead of JMP_SLOT relocs. */
940 if (h
->got
.refcount
< 0)
942 h
->got
.refcount
+= h
->plt
.refcount
;
948 /* Don't need any dynamic relocations at all. */
956 elf_xtensa_hide_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
957 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
958 bfd_boolean force_local
)
960 /* For a shared link, move the plt refcount to the got refcount to leave
961 space for RELATIVE relocs. */
962 elf_xtensa_make_sym_local (info
, h
);
964 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info
, h
, force_local
);
968 /* Return the section that should be marked against GC for a given
972 elf_xtensa_gc_mark_hook (asection
*sec
,
973 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
974 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
975 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
976 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
980 switch (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
))
982 case R_XTENSA_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
983 case R_XTENSA_GNU_VTENTRY
:
987 switch (h
->root
.type
)
989 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
990 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
991 return h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
993 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
994 return h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->section
;
1002 return bfd_section_from_elf_index (sec
->owner
, sym
->st_shndx
);
1008 /* Update the GOT & PLT entry reference counts
1009 for the section being removed. */
1012 elf_xtensa_gc_sweep_hook (bfd
*abfd
,
1013 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1015 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
)
1017 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
1018 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
1019 bfd_signed_vma
*local_got_refcounts
;
1020 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
, *relend
;
1022 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0)
1025 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
1026 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
1027 local_got_refcounts
= elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd
);
1029 relend
= relocs
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
1030 for (rel
= relocs
; rel
< relend
; rel
++)
1032 unsigned long r_symndx
;
1033 unsigned int r_type
;
1034 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
= NULL
;
1036 r_symndx
= ELF32_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
1037 if (r_symndx
>= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
1039 h
= sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- symtab_hdr
->sh_info
];
1040 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
1041 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
1042 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
1045 r_type
= ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
1051 if (h
->got
.refcount
> 0)
1058 if (h
->plt
.refcount
> 0)
1063 if (local_got_refcounts
[r_symndx
] > 0)
1064 local_got_refcounts
[r_symndx
] -= 1;
1076 /* Create all the dynamic sections. */
1079 elf_xtensa_create_dynamic_sections (bfd
*dynobj
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
1081 flagword flags
, noalloc_flags
;
1084 /* First do all the standard stuff. */
1085 if (! _bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections (dynobj
, info
))
1088 /* Create any extra PLT sections in case check_relocs has already
1089 been called on all the non-dynamic input files. */
1090 if (!add_extra_plt_sections (dynobj
, plt_reloc_count
))
1093 noalloc_flags
= (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
1094 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
| SEC_READONLY
);
1095 flags
= noalloc_flags
| SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
;
1097 /* Mark the ".got.plt" section READONLY. */
1098 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".got.plt");
1100 || ! bfd_set_section_flags (dynobj
, s
, flags
))
1103 /* Create ".rela.got". */
1104 s
= bfd_make_section_with_flags (dynobj
, ".rela.got", flags
);
1106 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj
, s
, 2))
1109 /* Create ".got.loc" (literal tables for use by dynamic linker). */
1110 s
= bfd_make_section_with_flags (dynobj
, ".got.loc", flags
);
1112 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj
, s
, 2))
1115 /* Create ".xt.lit.plt" (literal table for ".got.plt*"). */
1116 s
= bfd_make_section_with_flags (dynobj
, ".xt.lit.plt",
1119 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj
, s
, 2))
1127 add_extra_plt_sections (bfd
*dynobj
, int count
)
1131 /* Iterate over all chunks except 0 which uses the standard ".plt" and
1132 ".got.plt" sections. */
1133 for (chunk
= count
/ PLT_ENTRIES_PER_CHUNK
; chunk
> 0; chunk
--)
1139 /* Stop when we find a section has already been created. */
1140 if (elf_xtensa_get_plt_section (dynobj
, chunk
))
1143 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
1144 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
| SEC_READONLY
);
1146 sname
= (char *) bfd_malloc (10);
1147 sprintf (sname
, ".plt.%u", chunk
);
1148 s
= bfd_make_section_with_flags (dynobj
, sname
,
1151 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj
, s
, 2))
1154 sname
= (char *) bfd_malloc (14);
1155 sprintf (sname
, ".got.plt.%u", chunk
);
1156 s
= bfd_make_section_with_flags (dynobj
, sname
, flags
);
1158 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj
, s
, 2))
1166 /* Adjust a symbol defined by a dynamic object and referenced by a
1167 regular object. The current definition is in some section of the
1168 dynamic object, but we're not including those sections. We have to
1169 change the definition to something the rest of the link can
1173 elf_xtensa_adjust_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1174 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
1176 /* If this is a weak symbol, and there is a real definition, the
1177 processor independent code will have arranged for us to see the
1178 real definition first, and we can just use the same value. */
1181 BFD_ASSERT (h
->u
.weakdef
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
1182 || h
->u
.weakdef
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
);
1183 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= h
->u
.weakdef
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
1184 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= h
->u
.weakdef
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
1188 /* This is a reference to a symbol defined by a dynamic object. The
1189 reference must go through the GOT, so there's no need for COPY relocs,
1197 elf_xtensa_fix_refcounts (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *arg
)
1199 struct bfd_link_info
*info
= (struct bfd_link_info
*) arg
;
1201 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
1202 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
1204 if (! xtensa_elf_dynamic_symbol_p (h
, info
))
1205 elf_xtensa_make_sym_local (info
, h
);
1212 elf_xtensa_allocate_plt_size (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *arg
)
1214 asection
*srelplt
= (asection
*) arg
;
1216 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
1217 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
1219 if (h
->plt
.refcount
> 0)
1220 srelplt
->size
+= (h
->plt
.refcount
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
1227 elf_xtensa_allocate_got_size (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *arg
)
1229 asection
*srelgot
= (asection
*) arg
;
1231 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
1232 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
1234 if (h
->got
.refcount
> 0)
1235 srelgot
->size
+= (h
->got
.refcount
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
1242 elf_xtensa_allocate_local_got_size (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
1247 for (i
= info
->input_bfds
; i
; i
= i
->link_next
)
1249 bfd_signed_vma
*local_got_refcounts
;
1250 bfd_size_type j
, cnt
;
1251 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
1253 local_got_refcounts
= elf_local_got_refcounts (i
);
1254 if (!local_got_refcounts
)
1257 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (i
)->symtab_hdr
;
1258 cnt
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
1260 for (j
= 0; j
< cnt
; ++j
)
1262 if (local_got_refcounts
[j
] > 0)
1263 srelgot
->size
+= (local_got_refcounts
[j
]
1264 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
1270 /* Set the sizes of the dynamic sections. */
1273 elf_xtensa_size_dynamic_sections (bfd
*output_bfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1274 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
1277 asection
*s
, *srelplt
, *splt
, *sgotplt
, *srelgot
, *spltlittbl
, *sgotloc
;
1278 bfd_boolean relplt
, relgot
;
1279 int plt_entries
, plt_chunks
, chunk
;
1285 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
1289 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
1291 /* Set the contents of the .interp section to the interpreter. */
1292 if (info
->executable
)
1294 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".interp");
1297 s
->size
= sizeof ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER
;
1298 s
->contents
= (unsigned char *) ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER
;
1301 /* Allocate room for one word in ".got". */
1302 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".got");
1307 /* Adjust refcounts for symbols that we now know are not "dynamic". */
1308 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
1309 elf_xtensa_fix_refcounts
,
1312 /* Allocate space in ".rela.got" for literals that reference
1314 srelgot
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".rela.got");
1315 if (srelgot
== NULL
)
1317 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
1318 elf_xtensa_allocate_got_size
,
1321 /* If we are generating a shared object, we also need space in
1322 ".rela.got" for R_XTENSA_RELATIVE relocs for literals that
1323 reference local symbols. */
1325 elf_xtensa_allocate_local_got_size (info
, srelgot
);
1327 /* Allocate space in ".rela.plt" for literals that have PLT entries. */
1328 srelplt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".rela.plt");
1329 if (srelplt
== NULL
)
1331 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
1332 elf_xtensa_allocate_plt_size
,
1335 /* Allocate space in ".plt" to match the size of ".rela.plt". For
1336 each PLT entry, we need the PLT code plus a 4-byte literal.
1337 For each chunk of ".plt", we also need two more 4-byte
1338 literals, two corresponding entries in ".rela.got", and an
1339 8-byte entry in ".xt.lit.plt". */
1340 spltlittbl
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".xt.lit.plt");
1341 if (spltlittbl
== NULL
)
1344 plt_entries
= srelplt
->size
/ sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
1346 (plt_entries
+ PLT_ENTRIES_PER_CHUNK
- 1) / PLT_ENTRIES_PER_CHUNK
;
1348 /* Iterate over all the PLT chunks, including any extra sections
1349 created earlier because the initial count of PLT relocations
1350 was an overestimate. */
1352 (splt
= elf_xtensa_get_plt_section (dynobj
, chunk
)) != NULL
;
1357 sgotplt
= elf_xtensa_get_gotplt_section (dynobj
, chunk
);
1358 if (sgotplt
== NULL
)
1361 if (chunk
< plt_chunks
- 1)
1362 chunk_entries
= PLT_ENTRIES_PER_CHUNK
;
1363 else if (chunk
== plt_chunks
- 1)
1364 chunk_entries
= plt_entries
- (chunk
* PLT_ENTRIES_PER_CHUNK
);
1368 if (chunk_entries
!= 0)
1370 sgotplt
->size
= 4 * (chunk_entries
+ 2);
1371 splt
->size
= PLT_ENTRY_SIZE
* chunk_entries
;
1372 srelgot
->size
+= 2 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
1373 spltlittbl
->size
+= 8;
1382 /* Allocate space in ".got.loc" to match the total size of all the
1384 sgotloc
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".got.loc");
1385 if (sgotloc
== NULL
)
1387 sgotloc
->size
= spltlittbl
->size
;
1388 for (abfd
= info
->input_bfds
; abfd
!= NULL
; abfd
= abfd
->link_next
)
1390 if (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
)
1392 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
1394 if (! elf_discarded_section (s
)
1395 && xtensa_is_littable_section (s
)
1397 sgotloc
->size
+= s
->size
;
1402 /* Allocate memory for dynamic sections. */
1405 for (s
= dynobj
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
1409 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) == 0)
1412 /* It's OK to base decisions on the section name, because none
1413 of the dynobj section names depend upon the input files. */
1414 name
= bfd_get_section_name (dynobj
, s
);
1416 if (strncmp (name
, ".rela", 5) == 0)
1420 if (strcmp (name
, ".rela.plt") == 0)
1422 else if (strcmp (name
, ".rela.got") == 0)
1425 /* We use the reloc_count field as a counter if we need
1426 to copy relocs into the output file. */
1430 else if (strncmp (name
, ".plt.", 5) != 0
1431 && strncmp (name
, ".got.plt.", 9) != 0
1432 && strcmp (name
, ".got") != 0
1433 && strcmp (name
, ".plt") != 0
1434 && strcmp (name
, ".got.plt") != 0
1435 && strcmp (name
, ".xt.lit.plt") != 0
1436 && strcmp (name
, ".got.loc") != 0)
1438 /* It's not one of our sections, so don't allocate space. */
1444 /* If we don't need this section, strip it from the output
1445 file. We must create the ".plt*" and ".got.plt*"
1446 sections in create_dynamic_sections and/or check_relocs
1447 based on a conservative estimate of the PLT relocation
1448 count, because the sections must be created before the
1449 linker maps input sections to output sections. The
1450 linker does that before size_dynamic_sections, where we
1451 compute the exact size of the PLT, so there may be more
1452 of these sections than are actually needed. */
1453 s
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
1455 else if ((s
->flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) != 0)
1457 /* Allocate memory for the section contents. */
1458 s
->contents
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_zalloc (dynobj
, s
->size
);
1459 if (s
->contents
== NULL
)
1464 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
1466 /* Add the special XTENSA_RTLD relocations now. The offsets won't be
1467 known until finish_dynamic_sections, but we need to get the relocs
1468 in place before they are sorted. */
1469 if (srelgot
== NULL
)
1471 for (chunk
= 0; chunk
< plt_chunks
; chunk
++)
1473 Elf_Internal_Rela irela
;
1477 irela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_XTENSA_RTLD
);
1480 loc
= (srelgot
->contents
1481 + srelgot
->reloc_count
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
1482 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &irela
, loc
);
1483 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &irela
,
1484 loc
+ sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
1485 srelgot
->reloc_count
+= 2;
1488 /* Add some entries to the .dynamic section. We fill in the
1489 values later, in elf_xtensa_finish_dynamic_sections, but we
1490 must add the entries now so that we get the correct size for
1491 the .dynamic section. The DT_DEBUG entry is filled in by the
1492 dynamic linker and used by the debugger. */
1493 #define add_dynamic_entry(TAG, VAL) \
1494 _bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, TAG, VAL)
1498 if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_DEBUG
, 0))
1504 if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTGOT
, 0)
1505 || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTRELSZ
, 0)
1506 || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTREL
, DT_RELA
)
1507 || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_JMPREL
, 0))
1513 if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELA
, 0)
1514 || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELASZ
, 0)
1515 || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELAENT
, sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
)))
1519 if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_XTENSA_GOT_LOC_OFF
, 0)
1520 || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_XTENSA_GOT_LOC_SZ
, 0))
1523 #undef add_dynamic_entry
1529 /* Remove any PT_LOAD segments with no allocated sections. Prior to
1530 binutils 2.13, this function used to remove the non-SEC_ALLOC
1531 sections from PT_LOAD segments, but that task has now been moved
1532 into elf.c. We still need this function to remove any empty
1533 segments that result, but there's nothing Xtensa-specific about
1534 this and it probably ought to be moved into elf.c as well. */
1537 elf_xtensa_modify_segment_map (bfd
*abfd
,
1538 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
1540 struct elf_segment_map
**m_p
;
1542 m_p
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
;
1545 if ((*m_p
)->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& (*m_p
)->count
== 0)
1546 *m_p
= (*m_p
)->next
;
1548 m_p
= &(*m_p
)->next
;
1554 /* Perform the specified relocation. The instruction at (contents + address)
1555 is modified to set one operand to represent the value in "relocation". The
1556 operand position is determined by the relocation type recorded in the
1559 #define CALL_SEGMENT_BITS (30)
1560 #define CALL_SEGMENT_SIZE (1 << CALL_SEGMENT_BITS)
1562 static bfd_reloc_status_type
1563 elf_xtensa_do_reloc (reloc_howto_type
*howto
,
1565 asection
*input_section
,
1569 bfd_boolean is_weak_undef
,
1570 char **error_message
)
1573 xtensa_opcode opcode
;
1574 xtensa_isa isa
= xtensa_default_isa
;
1575 static xtensa_insnbuf ibuff
= NULL
;
1576 static xtensa_insnbuf sbuff
= NULL
;
1577 bfd_vma self_address
= 0;
1578 bfd_size_type input_size
;
1584 ibuff
= xtensa_insnbuf_alloc (isa
);
1585 sbuff
= xtensa_insnbuf_alloc (isa
);
1588 input_size
= bfd_get_section_limit (abfd
, input_section
);
1590 switch (howto
->type
)
1593 case R_XTENSA_DIFF8
:
1594 case R_XTENSA_DIFF16
:
1595 case R_XTENSA_DIFF32
:
1596 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
1598 case R_XTENSA_ASM_EXPAND
:
1601 /* Check for windowed CALL across a 1GB boundary. */
1602 xtensa_opcode opcode
=
1603 get_expanded_call_opcode (contents
+ address
,
1604 input_size
- address
, 0);
1605 if (is_windowed_call_opcode (opcode
))
1607 self_address
= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
1608 + input_section
->output_offset
1610 if ((self_address
>> CALL_SEGMENT_BITS
)
1611 != (relocation
>> CALL_SEGMENT_BITS
))
1613 *error_message
= "windowed longcall crosses 1GB boundary; "
1615 return bfd_reloc_dangerous
;
1619 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
1621 case R_XTENSA_ASM_SIMPLIFY
:
1623 /* Convert the L32R/CALLX to CALL. */
1624 bfd_reloc_status_type retval
=
1625 elf_xtensa_do_asm_simplify (contents
, address
, input_size
,
1627 if (retval
!= bfd_reloc_ok
)
1628 return bfd_reloc_dangerous
;
1630 /* The CALL needs to be relocated. Continue below for that part. */
1632 howto
= &elf_howto_table
[(unsigned) R_XTENSA_SLOT0_OP
];
1640 x
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, contents
+ address
);
1642 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, x
, contents
+ address
);
1644 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
1647 /* Only instruction slot-specific relocations handled below.... */
1648 slot
= get_relocation_slot (howto
->type
);
1649 if (slot
== XTENSA_UNDEFINED
)
1651 *error_message
= "unexpected relocation";
1652 return bfd_reloc_dangerous
;
1655 /* Read the instruction into a buffer and decode the opcode. */
1656 xtensa_insnbuf_from_chars (isa
, ibuff
, contents
+ address
,
1657 input_size
- address
);
1658 fmt
= xtensa_format_decode (isa
, ibuff
);
1659 if (fmt
== XTENSA_UNDEFINED
)
1661 *error_message
= "cannot decode instruction format";
1662 return bfd_reloc_dangerous
;
1665 xtensa_format_get_slot (isa
, fmt
, slot
, ibuff
, sbuff
);
1667 opcode
= xtensa_opcode_decode (isa
, fmt
, slot
, sbuff
);
1668 if (opcode
== XTENSA_UNDEFINED
)
1670 *error_message
= "cannot decode instruction opcode";
1671 return bfd_reloc_dangerous
;
1674 /* Check for opcode-specific "alternate" relocations. */
1675 if (is_alt_relocation (howto
->type
))
1677 if (opcode
== get_l32r_opcode ())
1679 /* Handle the special-case of non-PC-relative L32R instructions. */
1680 bfd
*output_bfd
= input_section
->output_section
->owner
;
1681 asection
*lit4_sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, ".lit4");
1684 *error_message
= "relocation references missing .lit4 section";
1685 return bfd_reloc_dangerous
;
1687 self_address
= ((lit4_sec
->vma
& ~0xfff)
1688 + 0x40000 - 3); /* -3 to compensate for do_reloc */
1689 newval
= relocation
;
1692 else if (opcode
== get_const16_opcode ())
1694 /* ALT used for high 16 bits. */
1695 newval
= relocation
>> 16;
1700 /* No other "alternate" relocations currently defined. */
1701 *error_message
= "unexpected relocation";
1702 return bfd_reloc_dangerous
;
1705 else /* Not an "alternate" relocation.... */
1707 if (opcode
== get_const16_opcode ())
1709 newval
= relocation
& 0xffff;
1714 /* ...normal PC-relative relocation.... */
1716 /* Determine which operand is being relocated. */
1717 opnd
= get_relocation_opnd (opcode
, howto
->type
);
1718 if (opnd
== XTENSA_UNDEFINED
)
1720 *error_message
= "unexpected relocation";
1721 return bfd_reloc_dangerous
;
1724 if (!howto
->pc_relative
)
1726 *error_message
= "expected PC-relative relocation";
1727 return bfd_reloc_dangerous
;
1730 /* Calculate the PC address for this instruction. */
1731 self_address
= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
1732 + input_section
->output_offset
1735 newval
= relocation
;
1739 /* Apply the relocation. */
1740 if (xtensa_operand_do_reloc (isa
, opcode
, opnd
, &newval
, self_address
)
1741 || xtensa_operand_encode (isa
, opcode
, opnd
, &newval
)
1742 || xtensa_operand_set_field (isa
, opcode
, opnd
, fmt
, slot
,
1745 *error_message
= build_encoding_error_message (opcode
, relocation
);
1746 return bfd_reloc_dangerous
;
1749 /* Check for calls across 1GB boundaries. */
1750 if (is_direct_call_opcode (opcode
)
1751 && is_windowed_call_opcode (opcode
))
1753 if ((self_address
>> CALL_SEGMENT_BITS
)
1754 != (relocation
>> CALL_SEGMENT_BITS
))
1757 "windowed call crosses 1GB boundary; return may fail";
1758 return bfd_reloc_dangerous
;
1762 /* Write the modified instruction back out of the buffer. */
1763 xtensa_format_set_slot (isa
, fmt
, slot
, ibuff
, sbuff
);
1764 xtensa_insnbuf_to_chars (isa
, ibuff
, contents
+ address
,
1765 input_size
- address
);
1766 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
1770 static char * ATTRIBUTE_PRINTF(2,4)
1771 vsprint_msg (const char *origmsg
, const char *fmt
, int arglen
, ...)
1773 /* To reduce the size of the memory leak,
1774 we only use a single message buffer. */
1775 static bfd_size_type alloc_size
= 0;
1776 static char *message
= NULL
;
1777 bfd_size_type orig_len
, len
= 0;
1778 bfd_boolean is_append
;
1780 VA_OPEN (ap
, arglen
);
1781 VA_FIXEDARG (ap
, const char *, origmsg
);
1783 is_append
= (origmsg
== message
);
1785 orig_len
= strlen (origmsg
);
1786 len
= orig_len
+ strlen (fmt
) + arglen
+ 20;
1787 if (len
> alloc_size
)
1789 message
= (char *) bfd_realloc (message
, len
);
1793 memcpy (message
, origmsg
, orig_len
);
1794 vsprintf (message
+ orig_len
, fmt
, ap
);
1801 build_encoding_error_message (xtensa_opcode opcode
, bfd_vma target_address
)
1803 const char *opname
= xtensa_opcode_name (xtensa_default_isa
, opcode
);
1806 msg
= "cannot encode";
1807 if (is_direct_call_opcode (opcode
))
1809 if ((target_address
& 0x3) != 0)
1810 msg
= "misaligned call target";
1812 msg
= "call target out of range";
1814 else if (opcode
== get_l32r_opcode ())
1816 if ((target_address
& 0x3) != 0)
1817 msg
= "misaligned literal target";
1819 msg
= "literal target out of range";
1822 return vsprint_msg (opname
, ": %s", strlen (msg
) + 2, msg
);
1826 /* This function is registered as the "special_function" in the
1827 Xtensa howto for handling simplify operations.
1828 bfd_perform_relocation / bfd_install_relocation use it to
1829 perform (install) the specified relocation. Since this replaces the code
1830 in bfd_perform_relocation, it is basically an Xtensa-specific,
1831 stripped-down version of bfd_perform_relocation. */
1833 static bfd_reloc_status_type
1834 bfd_elf_xtensa_reloc (bfd
*abfd
,
1835 arelent
*reloc_entry
,
1838 asection
*input_section
,
1840 char **error_message
)
1843 bfd_reloc_status_type flag
;
1844 bfd_size_type octets
= reloc_entry
->address
* bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd
);
1845 bfd_vma output_base
= 0;
1846 reloc_howto_type
*howto
= reloc_entry
->howto
;
1847 asection
*reloc_target_output_section
;
1848 bfd_boolean is_weak_undef
;
1850 if (!xtensa_default_isa
)
1851 xtensa_default_isa
= xtensa_isa_init (0, 0);
1853 /* ELF relocs are against symbols. If we are producing relocatable
1854 output, and the reloc is against an external symbol, the resulting
1855 reloc will also be against the same symbol. In such a case, we
1856 don't want to change anything about the way the reloc is handled,
1857 since it will all be done at final link time. This test is similar
1858 to what bfd_elf_generic_reloc does except that it lets relocs with
1859 howto->partial_inplace go through even if the addend is non-zero.
1860 (The real problem is that partial_inplace is set for XTENSA_32
1861 relocs to begin with, but that's a long story and there's little we
1862 can do about it now....) */
1864 if (output_bfd
&& (symbol
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) == 0)
1866 reloc_entry
->address
+= input_section
->output_offset
;
1867 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
1870 /* Is the address of the relocation really within the section? */
1871 if (reloc_entry
->address
> bfd_get_section_limit (abfd
, input_section
))
1872 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
1874 /* Work out which section the relocation is targeted at and the
1875 initial relocation command value. */
1877 /* Get symbol value. (Common symbols are special.) */
1878 if (bfd_is_com_section (symbol
->section
))
1881 relocation
= symbol
->value
;
1883 reloc_target_output_section
= symbol
->section
->output_section
;
1885 /* Convert input-section-relative symbol value to absolute. */
1886 if ((output_bfd
&& !howto
->partial_inplace
)
1887 || reloc_target_output_section
== NULL
)
1890 output_base
= reloc_target_output_section
->vma
;
1892 relocation
+= output_base
+ symbol
->section
->output_offset
;
1894 /* Add in supplied addend. */
1895 relocation
+= reloc_entry
->addend
;
1897 /* Here the variable relocation holds the final address of the
1898 symbol we are relocating against, plus any addend. */
1901 if (!howto
->partial_inplace
)
1903 /* This is a partial relocation, and we want to apply the relocation
1904 to the reloc entry rather than the raw data. Everything except
1905 relocations against section symbols has already been handled
1908 BFD_ASSERT (symbol
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
);
1909 reloc_entry
->addend
= relocation
;
1910 reloc_entry
->address
+= input_section
->output_offset
;
1911 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
1915 reloc_entry
->address
+= input_section
->output_offset
;
1916 reloc_entry
->addend
= 0;
1920 is_weak_undef
= (bfd_is_und_section (symbol
->section
)
1921 && (symbol
->flags
& BSF_WEAK
) != 0);
1922 flag
= elf_xtensa_do_reloc (howto
, abfd
, input_section
, relocation
,
1923 (bfd_byte
*) data
, (bfd_vma
) octets
,
1924 is_weak_undef
, error_message
);
1926 if (flag
== bfd_reloc_dangerous
)
1928 /* Add the symbol name to the error message. */
1929 if (! *error_message
)
1930 *error_message
= "";
1931 *error_message
= vsprint_msg (*error_message
, ": (%s + 0x%lx)",
1932 strlen (symbol
->name
) + 17,
1934 (unsigned long) reloc_entry
->addend
);
1941 /* Set up an entry in the procedure linkage table. */
1944 elf_xtensa_create_plt_entry (bfd
*dynobj
,
1946 unsigned reloc_index
)
1948 asection
*splt
, *sgotplt
;
1949 bfd_vma plt_base
, got_base
;
1950 bfd_vma code_offset
, lit_offset
;
1953 chunk
= reloc_index
/ PLT_ENTRIES_PER_CHUNK
;
1954 splt
= elf_xtensa_get_plt_section (dynobj
, chunk
);
1955 sgotplt
= elf_xtensa_get_gotplt_section (dynobj
, chunk
);
1956 BFD_ASSERT (splt
!= NULL
&& sgotplt
!= NULL
);
1958 plt_base
= splt
->output_section
->vma
+ splt
->output_offset
;
1959 got_base
= sgotplt
->output_section
->vma
+ sgotplt
->output_offset
;
1961 lit_offset
= 8 + (reloc_index
% PLT_ENTRIES_PER_CHUNK
) * 4;
1962 code_offset
= (reloc_index
% PLT_ENTRIES_PER_CHUNK
) * PLT_ENTRY_SIZE
;
1964 /* Fill in the literal entry. This is the offset of the dynamic
1965 relocation entry. */
1966 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, reloc_index
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
),
1967 sgotplt
->contents
+ lit_offset
);
1969 /* Fill in the entry in the procedure linkage table. */
1970 memcpy (splt
->contents
+ code_offset
,
1971 (bfd_big_endian (output_bfd
)
1972 ? elf_xtensa_be_plt_entry
1973 : elf_xtensa_le_plt_entry
),
1975 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, l32r_offset (got_base
+ 0,
1976 plt_base
+ code_offset
+ 3),
1977 splt
->contents
+ code_offset
+ 4);
1978 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, l32r_offset (got_base
+ 4,
1979 plt_base
+ code_offset
+ 6),
1980 splt
->contents
+ code_offset
+ 7);
1981 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, l32r_offset (got_base
+ lit_offset
,
1982 plt_base
+ code_offset
+ 9),
1983 splt
->contents
+ code_offset
+ 10);
1985 return plt_base
+ code_offset
;
1989 /* Relocate an Xtensa ELF section. This is invoked by the linker for
1990 both relocatable and final links. */
1993 elf_xtensa_relocate_section (bfd
*output_bfd
,
1994 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
1996 asection
*input_section
,
1998 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
,
1999 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
,
2000 asection
**local_sections
)
2002 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
2003 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
;
2004 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relend
;
2005 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
2006 asection
*srelgot
, *srelplt
;
2008 property_table_entry
*lit_table
= 0;
2010 char *error_message
= NULL
;
2011 bfd_size_type input_size
;
2013 if (!xtensa_default_isa
)
2014 xtensa_default_isa
= xtensa_isa_init (0, 0);
2016 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
2017 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
2018 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd
);
2024 srelgot
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".rela.got");;
2025 srelplt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".rela.plt");
2028 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
2030 ltblsize
= xtensa_read_table_entries (input_bfd
, input_section
,
2031 &lit_table
, XTENSA_LIT_SEC_NAME
,
2037 input_size
= bfd_get_section_limit (input_bfd
, input_section
);
2040 relend
= relocs
+ input_section
->reloc_count
;
2041 for (; rel
< relend
; rel
++)
2044 reloc_howto_type
*howto
;
2045 unsigned long r_symndx
;
2046 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
2047 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
2050 bfd_reloc_status_type r
;
2051 bfd_boolean is_weak_undef
;
2052 bfd_boolean unresolved_reloc
;
2055 r_type
= ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
2056 if (r_type
== (int) R_XTENSA_GNU_VTINHERIT
2057 || r_type
== (int) R_XTENSA_GNU_VTENTRY
)
2060 if (r_type
< 0 || r_type
>= (int) R_XTENSA_max
)
2062 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
2065 howto
= &elf_howto_table
[r_type
];
2067 r_symndx
= ELF32_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
2069 if (info
->relocatable
)
2071 /* This is a relocatable link.
2072 1) If the reloc is against a section symbol, adjust
2073 according to the output section.
2074 2) If there is a new target for this relocation,
2075 the new target will be in the same output section.
2076 We adjust the relocation by the output section
2079 if (relaxing_section
)
2081 /* Check if this references a section in another input file. */
2082 if (!do_fix_for_relocatable_link (rel
, input_bfd
, input_section
,
2085 r_type
= ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
2088 if (r_type
== R_XTENSA_ASM_SIMPLIFY
)
2090 char *error_message
= NULL
;
2091 /* Convert ASM_SIMPLIFY into the simpler relocation
2092 so that they never escape a relaxing link. */
2093 r
= contract_asm_expansion (contents
, input_size
, rel
,
2095 if (r
!= bfd_reloc_ok
)
2097 if (!((*info
->callbacks
->reloc_dangerous
)
2098 (info
, error_message
, input_bfd
, input_section
,
2102 r_type
= ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
2105 /* This is a relocatable link, so we don't have to change
2106 anything unless the reloc is against a section symbol,
2107 in which case we have to adjust according to where the
2108 section symbol winds up in the output section. */
2109 if (r_symndx
< symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
2111 sym
= local_syms
+ r_symndx
;
2112 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
)
2114 sec
= local_sections
[r_symndx
];
2115 rel
->r_addend
+= sec
->output_offset
+ sym
->st_value
;
2119 /* If there is an addend with a partial_inplace howto,
2120 then move the addend to the contents. This is a hack
2121 to work around problems with DWARF in relocatable links
2122 with some previous version of BFD. Now we can't easily get
2123 rid of the hack without breaking backward compatibility.... */
2126 howto
= &elf_howto_table
[r_type
];
2127 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
2129 r
= elf_xtensa_do_reloc (howto
, input_bfd
, input_section
,
2130 rel
->r_addend
, contents
,
2131 rel
->r_offset
, FALSE
,
2133 if (r
!= bfd_reloc_ok
)
2135 if (!((*info
->callbacks
->reloc_dangerous
)
2136 (info
, error_message
, input_bfd
, input_section
,
2144 /* Done with work for relocatable link; continue with next reloc. */
2148 /* This is a final link. */
2153 is_weak_undef
= FALSE
;
2154 unresolved_reloc
= FALSE
;
2157 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
2159 /* Because R_XTENSA_32 was made partial_inplace to fix some
2160 problems with DWARF info in partial links, there may be
2161 an addend stored in the contents. Take it out of there
2162 and move it back into the addend field of the reloc. */
2163 rel
->r_addend
+= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
2164 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, 0, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
2167 if (r_symndx
< symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
2169 sym
= local_syms
+ r_symndx
;
2170 sec
= local_sections
[r_symndx
];
2171 relocation
= _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (output_bfd
, sym
, &sec
, rel
);
2175 RELOC_FOR_GLOBAL_SYMBOL (info
, input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
,
2176 r_symndx
, symtab_hdr
, sym_hashes
,
2178 unresolved_reloc
, warned
);
2181 && !unresolved_reloc
2182 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
2183 is_weak_undef
= TRUE
;
2186 if (relaxing_section
)
2188 /* Check if this references a section in another input file. */
2189 do_fix_for_final_link (rel
, input_bfd
, input_section
, contents
,
2192 /* Update some already cached values. */
2193 r_type
= ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
2194 howto
= &elf_howto_table
[r_type
];
2197 /* Sanity check the address. */
2198 if (rel
->r_offset
>= input_size
2199 && ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
) != R_XTENSA_NONE
)
2201 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
2202 (_("%B(%A+0x%lx): relocation offset out of range (size=0x%x)"),
2203 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
, input_size
);
2204 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
2208 /* Generate dynamic relocations. */
2209 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
2211 bfd_boolean dynamic_symbol
= xtensa_elf_dynamic_symbol_p (h
, info
);
2213 if (dynamic_symbol
&& is_operand_relocation (r_type
))
2215 /* This is an error. The symbol's real value won't be known
2216 until runtime and it's likely to be out of range anyway. */
2217 const char *name
= h
->root
.root
.string
;
2218 error_message
= vsprint_msg ("invalid relocation for dynamic "
2220 strlen (name
) + 2, name
);
2221 if (!((*info
->callbacks
->reloc_dangerous
)
2222 (info
, error_message
, input_bfd
, input_section
,
2226 else if ((r_type
== R_XTENSA_32
|| r_type
== R_XTENSA_PLT
)
2227 && (input_section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
2228 && (dynamic_symbol
|| info
->shared
))
2230 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel
;
2234 if (dynamic_symbol
&& r_type
== R_XTENSA_PLT
)
2239 BFD_ASSERT (srel
!= NULL
);
2242 _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
, info
,
2243 input_section
, rel
->r_offset
);
2245 if ((outrel
.r_offset
| 1) == (bfd_vma
) -1)
2246 memset (&outrel
, 0, sizeof outrel
);
2249 outrel
.r_offset
+= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
2250 + input_section
->output_offset
);
2252 /* Complain if the relocation is in a read-only section
2253 and not in a literal pool. */
2254 if ((input_section
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) != 0
2255 && !elf_xtensa_in_literal_pool (lit_table
, ltblsize
,
2259 _("dynamic relocation in read-only section");
2260 if (!((*info
->callbacks
->reloc_dangerous
)
2261 (info
, error_message
, input_bfd
, input_section
,
2268 outrel
.r_addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
2271 if (r_type
== R_XTENSA_32
)
2274 ELF32_R_INFO (h
->dynindx
, R_XTENSA_GLOB_DAT
);
2277 else /* r_type == R_XTENSA_PLT */
2280 ELF32_R_INFO (h
->dynindx
, R_XTENSA_JMP_SLOT
);
2282 /* Create the PLT entry and set the initial
2283 contents of the literal entry to the address of
2286 elf_xtensa_create_plt_entry (dynobj
, output_bfd
,
2289 unresolved_reloc
= FALSE
;
2293 /* Generate a RELATIVE relocation. */
2294 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_XTENSA_RELATIVE
);
2295 outrel
.r_addend
= 0;
2299 loc
= (srel
->contents
2300 + srel
->reloc_count
++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
2301 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &outrel
, loc
);
2302 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
) * srel
->reloc_count
2307 /* Dynamic relocs are not propagated for SEC_DEBUGGING sections
2308 because such sections are not SEC_ALLOC and thus ld.so will
2309 not process them. */
2310 if (unresolved_reloc
2311 && !((input_section
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
) != 0
2313 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
2314 (_("%B(%A+0x%lx): unresolvable relocation against symbol `%s'"),
2317 (long) rel
->r_offset
,
2318 h
->root
.root
.string
);
2320 /* There's no point in calling bfd_perform_relocation here.
2321 Just go directly to our "special function". */
2322 r
= elf_xtensa_do_reloc (howto
, input_bfd
, input_section
,
2323 relocation
+ rel
->r_addend
,
2324 contents
, rel
->r_offset
, is_weak_undef
,
2327 if (r
!= bfd_reloc_ok
&& !warned
)
2331 BFD_ASSERT (r
== bfd_reloc_dangerous
|| r
== bfd_reloc_other
);
2332 BFD_ASSERT (error_message
!= NULL
);
2335 name
= h
->root
.root
.string
;
2338 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section
2339 (input_bfd
, symtab_hdr
->sh_link
, sym
->st_name
);
2340 if (name
&& *name
== '\0')
2341 name
= bfd_section_name (input_bfd
, sec
);
2345 if (rel
->r_addend
== 0)
2346 error_message
= vsprint_msg (error_message
, ": %s",
2347 strlen (name
) + 2, name
);
2349 error_message
= vsprint_msg (error_message
, ": (%s+0x%x)",
2351 name
, (int)rel
->r_addend
);
2354 if (!((*info
->callbacks
->reloc_dangerous
)
2355 (info
, error_message
, input_bfd
, input_section
,
2364 input_section
->reloc_done
= TRUE
;
2370 /* Finish up dynamic symbol handling. There's not much to do here since
2371 the PLT and GOT entries are all set up by relocate_section. */
2374 elf_xtensa_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd
*output_bfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
2375 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
2376 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
2377 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
2382 /* Mark the symbol as undefined, rather than as defined in
2383 the .plt section. Leave the value alone. */
2384 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
2387 /* Mark _DYNAMIC and _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ as absolute. */
2388 if (strcmp (h
->root
.root
.string
, "_DYNAMIC") == 0
2389 || strcmp (h
->root
.root
.string
, "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_") == 0)
2390 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
2396 /* Combine adjacent literal table entries in the output. Adjacent
2397 entries within each input section may have been removed during
2398 relaxation, but we repeat the process here, even though it's too late
2399 to shrink the output section, because it's important to minimize the
2400 number of literal table entries to reduce the start-up work for the
2401 runtime linker. Returns the number of remaining table entries or -1
2405 elf_xtensa_combine_prop_entries (bfd
*output_bfd
,
2410 property_table_entry
*table
;
2411 bfd_size_type section_size
, sgotloc_size
;
2415 section_size
= sxtlit
->size
;
2416 BFD_ASSERT (section_size
% 8 == 0);
2417 num
= section_size
/ 8;
2419 sgotloc_size
= sgotloc
->size
;
2420 if (sgotloc_size
!= section_size
)
2422 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
2423 (_("internal inconsistency in size of .got.loc section"));
2427 table
= bfd_malloc (num
* sizeof (property_table_entry
));
2431 /* The ".xt.lit.plt" section has the SEC_IN_MEMORY flag set and this
2432 propagates to the output section, where it doesn't really apply and
2433 where it breaks the following call to bfd_malloc_and_get_section. */
2434 sxtlit
->flags
&= ~SEC_IN_MEMORY
;
2436 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (output_bfd
, sxtlit
, &contents
))
2444 /* There should never be any relocations left at this point, so this
2445 is quite a bit easier than what is done during relaxation. */
2447 /* Copy the raw contents into a property table array and sort it. */
2449 for (n
= 0; n
< num
; n
++)
2451 table
[n
].address
= bfd_get_32 (output_bfd
, &contents
[offset
]);
2452 table
[n
].size
= bfd_get_32 (output_bfd
, &contents
[offset
+ 4]);
2455 qsort (table
, num
, sizeof (property_table_entry
), property_table_compare
);
2457 for (n
= 0; n
< num
; n
++)
2459 bfd_boolean remove
= FALSE
;
2461 if (table
[n
].size
== 0)
2464 (table
[n
-1].address
+ table
[n
-1].size
== table
[n
].address
))
2466 table
[n
-1].size
+= table
[n
].size
;
2472 for (m
= n
; m
< num
- 1; m
++)
2474 table
[m
].address
= table
[m
+1].address
;
2475 table
[m
].size
= table
[m
+1].size
;
2483 /* Copy the data back to the raw contents. */
2485 for (n
= 0; n
< num
; n
++)
2487 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, table
[n
].address
, &contents
[offset
]);
2488 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, table
[n
].size
, &contents
[offset
+ 4]);
2492 /* Clear the removed bytes. */
2493 if ((bfd_size_type
) (num
* 8) < section_size
)
2494 memset (&contents
[num
* 8], 0, section_size
- num
* 8);
2496 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (output_bfd
, sxtlit
, contents
, 0,
2500 /* Copy the contents to ".got.loc". */
2501 memcpy (sgotloc
->contents
, contents
, section_size
);
2509 /* Finish up the dynamic sections. */
2512 elf_xtensa_finish_dynamic_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
,
2513 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
2516 asection
*sdyn
, *srelplt
, *sgot
, *sxtlit
, *sgotloc
;
2517 Elf32_External_Dyn
*dyncon
, *dynconend
;
2518 int num_xtlit_entries
;
2520 if (! elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
2523 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
2524 sdyn
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".dynamic");
2525 BFD_ASSERT (sdyn
!= NULL
);
2527 /* Set the first entry in the global offset table to the address of
2528 the dynamic section. */
2529 sgot
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".got");
2532 BFD_ASSERT (sgot
->size
== 4);
2534 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, 0, sgot
->contents
);
2536 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
,
2537 sdyn
->output_section
->vma
+ sdyn
->output_offset
,
2541 srelplt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".rela.plt");
2542 if (srelplt
&& srelplt
->size
!= 0)
2544 asection
*sgotplt
, *srelgot
, *spltlittbl
;
2545 int chunk
, plt_chunks
, plt_entries
;
2546 Elf_Internal_Rela irela
;
2548 unsigned rtld_reloc
;
2550 srelgot
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".rela.got");;
2551 BFD_ASSERT (srelgot
!= NULL
);
2553 spltlittbl
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".xt.lit.plt");
2554 BFD_ASSERT (spltlittbl
!= NULL
);
2556 /* Find the first XTENSA_RTLD relocation. Presumably the rest
2557 of them follow immediately after.... */
2558 for (rtld_reloc
= 0; rtld_reloc
< srelgot
->reloc_count
; rtld_reloc
++)
2560 loc
= srelgot
->contents
+ rtld_reloc
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
2561 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_in (output_bfd
, loc
, &irela
);
2562 if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irela
.r_info
) == R_XTENSA_RTLD
)
2565 BFD_ASSERT (rtld_reloc
< srelgot
->reloc_count
);
2567 plt_entries
= srelplt
->size
/ sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
2569 (plt_entries
+ PLT_ENTRIES_PER_CHUNK
- 1) / PLT_ENTRIES_PER_CHUNK
;
2571 for (chunk
= 0; chunk
< plt_chunks
; chunk
++)
2573 int chunk_entries
= 0;
2575 sgotplt
= elf_xtensa_get_gotplt_section (dynobj
, chunk
);
2576 BFD_ASSERT (sgotplt
!= NULL
);
2578 /* Emit special RTLD relocations for the first two entries in
2579 each chunk of the .got.plt section. */
2581 loc
= srelgot
->contents
+ rtld_reloc
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
2582 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_in (output_bfd
, loc
, &irela
);
2583 BFD_ASSERT (ELF32_R_TYPE (irela
.r_info
) == R_XTENSA_RTLD
);
2584 irela
.r_offset
= (sgotplt
->output_section
->vma
2585 + sgotplt
->output_offset
);
2586 irela
.r_addend
= 1; /* tell rtld to set value to resolver function */
2587 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &irela
, loc
);
2589 BFD_ASSERT (rtld_reloc
<= srelgot
->reloc_count
);
2591 /* Next literal immediately follows the first. */
2592 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
2593 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_in (output_bfd
, loc
, &irela
);
2594 BFD_ASSERT (ELF32_R_TYPE (irela
.r_info
) == R_XTENSA_RTLD
);
2595 irela
.r_offset
= (sgotplt
->output_section
->vma
2596 + sgotplt
->output_offset
+ 4);
2597 /* Tell rtld to set value to object's link map. */
2599 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &irela
, loc
);
2601 BFD_ASSERT (rtld_reloc
<= srelgot
->reloc_count
);
2603 /* Fill in the literal table. */
2604 if (chunk
< plt_chunks
- 1)
2605 chunk_entries
= PLT_ENTRIES_PER_CHUNK
;
2607 chunk_entries
= plt_entries
- (chunk
* PLT_ENTRIES_PER_CHUNK
);
2609 BFD_ASSERT ((unsigned) (chunk
+ 1) * 8 <= spltlittbl
->size
);
2610 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
,
2611 sgotplt
->output_section
->vma
+ sgotplt
->output_offset
,
2612 spltlittbl
->contents
+ (chunk
* 8) + 0);
2613 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
,
2614 8 + (chunk_entries
* 4),
2615 spltlittbl
->contents
+ (chunk
* 8) + 4);
2618 /* All the dynamic relocations have been emitted at this point.
2619 Make sure the relocation sections are the correct size. */
2620 if (srelgot
->size
!= (sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
)
2621 * srelgot
->reloc_count
)
2622 || srelplt
->size
!= (sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
)
2623 * srelplt
->reloc_count
))
2626 /* The .xt.lit.plt section has just been modified. This must
2627 happen before the code below which combines adjacent literal
2628 table entries, and the .xt.lit.plt contents have to be forced to
2630 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (output_bfd
,
2631 spltlittbl
->output_section
,
2632 spltlittbl
->contents
,
2633 spltlittbl
->output_offset
,
2636 /* Clear SEC_HAS_CONTENTS so the contents won't be output again. */
2637 spltlittbl
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
2640 /* Combine adjacent literal table entries. */
2641 BFD_ASSERT (! info
->relocatable
);
2642 sxtlit
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, ".xt.lit");
2643 sgotloc
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".got.loc");
2644 BFD_ASSERT (sxtlit
&& sgotloc
);
2646 elf_xtensa_combine_prop_entries (output_bfd
, sxtlit
, sgotloc
);
2647 if (num_xtlit_entries
< 0)
2650 dyncon
= (Elf32_External_Dyn
*) sdyn
->contents
;
2651 dynconend
= (Elf32_External_Dyn
*) (sdyn
->contents
+ sdyn
->size
);
2652 for (; dyncon
< dynconend
; dyncon
++)
2654 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
2658 bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_in (dynobj
, dyncon
, &dyn
);
2665 case DT_XTENSA_GOT_LOC_SZ
:
2666 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= num_xtlit_entries
;
2669 case DT_XTENSA_GOT_LOC_OFF
:
2678 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, name
);
2680 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->vma
;
2684 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, ".rela.plt");
2686 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= s
->size
;
2690 /* Adjust RELASZ to not include JMPREL. This matches what
2691 glibc expects and what is done for several other ELF
2692 targets (e.g., i386, alpha), but the "correct" behavior
2693 seems to be unresolved. Since the linker script arranges
2694 for .rela.plt to follow all other relocation sections, we
2695 don't have to worry about changing the DT_RELA entry. */
2696 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, ".rela.plt");
2698 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
-= s
->size
;
2702 bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd
, &dyn
, dyncon
);
2709 /* Functions for dealing with the e_flags field. */
2711 /* Merge backend specific data from an object file to the output
2712 object file when linking. */
2715 elf_xtensa_merge_private_bfd_data (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
2717 unsigned out_mach
, in_mach
;
2718 flagword out_flag
, in_flag
;
2720 /* Check if we have the same endianess. */
2721 if (!_bfd_generic_verify_endian_match (ibfd
, obfd
))
2724 /* Don't even pretend to support mixed-format linking. */
2725 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
2726 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
2729 out_flag
= elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
;
2730 in_flag
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_flags
;
2732 out_mach
= out_flag
& EF_XTENSA_MACH
;
2733 in_mach
= in_flag
& EF_XTENSA_MACH
;
2734 if (out_mach
!= in_mach
)
2736 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
2737 (_("%B: incompatible machine type. Output is 0x%x. Input is 0x%x"),
2738 ibfd
, out_mach
, in_mach
);
2739 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
2743 if (! elf_flags_init (obfd
))
2745 elf_flags_init (obfd
) = TRUE
;
2746 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
= in_flag
;
2748 if (bfd_get_arch (obfd
) == bfd_get_arch (ibfd
)
2749 && bfd_get_arch_info (obfd
)->the_default
)
2750 return bfd_set_arch_mach (obfd
, bfd_get_arch (ibfd
),
2751 bfd_get_mach (ibfd
));
2756 if ((out_flag
& EF_XTENSA_XT_INSN
) != (in_flag
& EF_XTENSA_XT_INSN
))
2757 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
&= (~ EF_XTENSA_XT_INSN
);
2759 if ((out_flag
& EF_XTENSA_XT_LIT
) != (in_flag
& EF_XTENSA_XT_LIT
))
2760 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
&= (~ EF_XTENSA_XT_LIT
);
2767 elf_xtensa_set_private_flags (bfd
*abfd
, flagword flags
)
2769 BFD_ASSERT (!elf_flags_init (abfd
)
2770 || elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
== flags
);
2772 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
|= flags
;
2773 elf_flags_init (abfd
) = TRUE
;
2780 elf_xtensa_print_private_bfd_data (bfd
*abfd
, void *farg
)
2782 FILE *f
= (FILE *) farg
;
2783 flagword e_flags
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
;
2785 fprintf (f
, "\nXtensa header:\n");
2786 if ((e_flags
& EF_XTENSA_MACH
) == E_XTENSA_MACH
)
2787 fprintf (f
, "\nMachine = Base\n");
2789 fprintf (f
, "\nMachine Id = 0x%x\n", e_flags
& EF_XTENSA_MACH
);
2791 fprintf (f
, "Insn tables = %s\n",
2792 (e_flags
& EF_XTENSA_XT_INSN
) ? "true" : "false");
2794 fprintf (f
, "Literal tables = %s\n",
2795 (e_flags
& EF_XTENSA_XT_LIT
) ? "true" : "false");
2797 return _bfd_elf_print_private_bfd_data (abfd
, farg
);
2801 /* Set the right machine number for an Xtensa ELF file. */
2804 elf_xtensa_object_p (bfd
*abfd
)
2807 unsigned long arch
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_XTENSA_MACH
;
2812 mach
= bfd_mach_xtensa
;
2818 (void) bfd_default_set_arch_mach (abfd
, bfd_arch_xtensa
, mach
);
2823 /* The final processing done just before writing out an Xtensa ELF object
2824 file. This gets the Xtensa architecture right based on the machine
2828 elf_xtensa_final_write_processing (bfd
*abfd
,
2829 bfd_boolean linker ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
2834 switch (mach
= bfd_get_mach (abfd
))
2836 case bfd_mach_xtensa
:
2837 val
= E_XTENSA_MACH
;
2843 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
&= (~ EF_XTENSA_MACH
);
2844 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
|= val
;
2848 static enum elf_reloc_type_class
2849 elf_xtensa_reloc_type_class (const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rela
)
2851 switch ((int) ELF32_R_TYPE (rela
->r_info
))
2853 case R_XTENSA_RELATIVE
:
2854 return reloc_class_relative
;
2855 case R_XTENSA_JMP_SLOT
:
2856 return reloc_class_plt
;
2858 return reloc_class_normal
;
2864 elf_xtensa_discard_info_for_section (bfd
*abfd
,
2865 struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
,
2866 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2870 bfd_vma section_size
;
2871 bfd_vma offset
, actual_offset
;
2872 size_t removed_bytes
= 0;
2874 section_size
= sec
->size
;
2875 if (section_size
== 0 || section_size
% 8 != 0)
2878 if (sec
->output_section
2879 && bfd_is_abs_section (sec
->output_section
))
2882 contents
= retrieve_contents (abfd
, sec
, info
->keep_memory
);
2886 cookie
->rels
= retrieve_internal_relocs (abfd
, sec
, info
->keep_memory
);
2889 release_contents (sec
, contents
);
2893 cookie
->rel
= cookie
->rels
;
2894 cookie
->relend
= cookie
->rels
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
2896 for (offset
= 0; offset
< section_size
; offset
+= 8)
2898 actual_offset
= offset
- removed_bytes
;
2900 /* The ...symbol_deleted_p function will skip over relocs but it
2901 won't adjust their offsets, so do that here. */
2902 while (cookie
->rel
< cookie
->relend
2903 && cookie
->rel
->r_offset
< offset
)
2905 cookie
->rel
->r_offset
-= removed_bytes
;
2909 while (cookie
->rel
< cookie
->relend
2910 && cookie
->rel
->r_offset
== offset
)
2912 if (bfd_elf_reloc_symbol_deleted_p (offset
, cookie
))
2914 /* Remove the table entry. (If the reloc type is NONE, then
2915 the entry has already been merged with another and deleted
2916 during relaxation.) */
2917 if (ELF32_R_TYPE (cookie
->rel
->r_info
) != R_XTENSA_NONE
)
2919 /* Shift the contents up. */
2920 if (offset
+ 8 < section_size
)
2921 memmove (&contents
[actual_offset
],
2922 &contents
[actual_offset
+8],
2923 section_size
- offset
- 8);
2927 /* Remove this relocation. */
2928 cookie
->rel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_XTENSA_NONE
);
2931 /* Adjust the relocation offset for previous removals. This
2932 should not be done before calling ...symbol_deleted_p
2933 because it might mess up the offset comparisons there.
2934 Make sure the offset doesn't underflow in the case where
2935 the first entry is removed. */
2936 if (cookie
->rel
->r_offset
>= removed_bytes
)
2937 cookie
->rel
->r_offset
-= removed_bytes
;
2939 cookie
->rel
->r_offset
= 0;
2945 if (removed_bytes
!= 0)
2947 /* Adjust any remaining relocs (shouldn't be any). */
2948 for (; cookie
->rel
< cookie
->relend
; cookie
->rel
++)
2950 if (cookie
->rel
->r_offset
>= removed_bytes
)
2951 cookie
->rel
->r_offset
-= removed_bytes
;
2953 cookie
->rel
->r_offset
= 0;
2956 /* Clear the removed bytes. */
2957 memset (&contents
[section_size
- removed_bytes
], 0, removed_bytes
);
2959 pin_contents (sec
, contents
);
2960 pin_internal_relocs (sec
, cookie
->rels
);
2963 sec
->size
= section_size
- removed_bytes
;
2965 if (xtensa_is_littable_section (sec
))
2967 bfd
*dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
2971 bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".got.loc");
2973 sgotloc
->size
-= removed_bytes
;
2979 release_contents (sec
, contents
);
2980 release_internal_relocs (sec
, cookie
->rels
);
2983 return (removed_bytes
!= 0);
2988 elf_xtensa_discard_info (bfd
*abfd
,
2989 struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
,
2990 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
2993 bfd_boolean changed
= FALSE
;
2995 for (sec
= abfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
2997 if (xtensa_is_property_section (sec
))
2999 if (elf_xtensa_discard_info_for_section (abfd
, cookie
, info
, sec
))
3009 elf_xtensa_ignore_discarded_relocs (asection
*sec
)
3011 return xtensa_is_property_section (sec
);
3015 /* Support for core dump NOTE sections. */
3018 elf_xtensa_grok_prstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
3023 /* The size for Xtensa is variable, so don't try to recognize the format
3024 based on the size. Just assume this is GNU/Linux. */
3027 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_signal
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 12);
3030 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_pid
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 24);
3034 size
= note
->descsz
- offset
- 4;
3036 /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */
3037 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg",
3038 size
, note
->descpos
+ offset
);
3043 elf_xtensa_grok_psinfo (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
3045 switch (note
->descsz
)
3050 case 128: /* GNU/Linux elf_prpsinfo */
3051 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_program
3052 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 32, 16);
3053 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_command
3054 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 48, 80);
3057 /* Note that for some reason, a spurious space is tacked
3058 onto the end of the args in some (at least one anyway)
3059 implementations, so strip it off if it exists. */
3062 char *command
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_command
;
3063 int n
= strlen (command
);
3065 if (0 < n
&& command
[n
- 1] == ' ')
3066 command
[n
- 1] = '\0';
3073 /* Generic Xtensa configurability stuff. */
3075 static xtensa_opcode callx0_op
= XTENSA_UNDEFINED
;
3076 static xtensa_opcode callx4_op
= XTENSA_UNDEFINED
;
3077 static xtensa_opcode callx8_op
= XTENSA_UNDEFINED
;
3078 static xtensa_opcode callx12_op
= XTENSA_UNDEFINED
;
3079 static xtensa_opcode call0_op
= XTENSA_UNDEFINED
;
3080 static xtensa_opcode call4_op
= XTENSA_UNDEFINED
;
3081 static xtensa_opcode call8_op
= XTENSA_UNDEFINED
;
3082 static xtensa_opcode call12_op
= XTENSA_UNDEFINED
;
3085 init_call_opcodes (void)
3087 if (callx0_op
== XTENSA_UNDEFINED
)
3089 callx0_op
= xtensa_opcode_lookup (xtensa_default_isa
, "callx0");
3090 callx4_op
= xtensa_opcode_lookup (xtensa_default_isa
, "callx4");
3091 callx8_op
= xtensa_opcode_lookup (xtensa_default_isa
, "callx8");
3092 callx12_op
= xtensa_opcode_lookup (xtensa_default_isa
, "callx12");
3093 call0_op
= xtensa_opcode_lookup (xtensa_default_isa
, "call0");
3094 call4_op
= xtensa_opcode_lookup (xtensa_default_isa
, "call4");
3095 call8_op
= xtensa_opcode_lookup (xtensa_default_isa
, "call8");
3096 call12_op
= xtensa_opcode_lookup (xtensa_default_isa
, "call12");
3102 is_indirect_call_opcode (xtensa_opcode opcode
)
3104 init_call_opcodes ();
3105 return (opcode
== callx0_op
3106 || opcode
== callx4_op
3107 || opcode
== callx8_op
3108 || opcode
== callx12_op
);
3113 is_direct_call_opcode (xtensa_opcode opcode
)
3115 init_call_opcodes ();
3116 return (opcode
== call0_op
3117 || opcode
== call4_op
3118 || opcode
== call8_op
3119 || opcode
== call12_op
);
3124 is_windowed_call_opcode (xtensa_opcode opcode
)
3126 init_call_opcodes ();
3127 return (opcode
== call4_op
3128 || opcode
== call8_op
3129 || opcode
== call12_op
3130 || opcode
== callx4_op
3131 || opcode
== callx8_op
3132 || opcode
== callx12_op
);
3136 static xtensa_opcode
3137 get_const16_opcode (void)
3139 static bfd_boolean done_lookup
= FALSE
;
3140 static xtensa_opcode const16_opcode
= XTENSA_UNDEFINED
;
3143 const16_opcode
= xtensa_opcode_lookup (xtensa_default_isa
, "const16");
3146 return const16_opcode
;
3150 static xtensa_opcode
3151 get_l32r_opcode (void)
3153 static xtensa_opcode l32r_opcode
= XTENSA_UNDEFINED
;
3154 static bfd_boolean done_lookup
= FALSE
;
3158 l32r_opcode
= xtensa_opcode_lookup (xtensa_default_isa
, "l32r");
3166 l32r_offset (bfd_vma addr
, bfd_vma pc
)
3170 offset
= addr
- ((pc
+3) & -4);
3171 BFD_ASSERT ((offset
& ((1 << 2) - 1)) == 0);
3172 offset
= (signed int) offset
>> 2;
3173 BFD_ASSERT ((signed int) offset
>> 16 == -1);
3179 get_relocation_opnd (xtensa_opcode opcode
, int r_type
)
3181 xtensa_isa isa
= xtensa_default_isa
;
3182 int last_immed
, last_opnd
, opi
;
3184 if (opcode
== XTENSA_UNDEFINED
)
3185 return XTENSA_UNDEFINED
;
3187 /* Find the last visible PC-relative immediate operand for the opcode.
3188 If there are no PC-relative immediates, then choose the last visible
3189 immediate; otherwise, fail and return XTENSA_UNDEFINED. */
3190 last_immed
= XTENSA_UNDEFINED
;
3191 last_opnd
= xtensa_opcode_num_operands (isa
, opcode
);
3192 for (opi
= last_opnd
- 1; opi
>= 0; opi
--)
3194 if (xtensa_operand_is_visible (isa
, opcode
, opi
) == 0)
3196 if (xtensa_operand_is_PCrelative (isa
, opcode
, opi
) == 1)
3201 if (last_immed
== XTENSA_UNDEFINED
3202 && xtensa_operand_is_register (isa
, opcode
, opi
) == 0)
3206 return XTENSA_UNDEFINED
;
3208 /* If the operand number was specified in an old-style relocation,
3209 check for consistency with the operand computed above. */
3210 if (r_type
>= R_XTENSA_OP0
&& r_type
<= R_XTENSA_OP2
)
3212 int reloc_opnd
= r_type
- R_XTENSA_OP0
;
3213 if (reloc_opnd
!= last_immed
)
3214 return XTENSA_UNDEFINED
;
3222 get_relocation_slot (int r_type
)
3232 if (r_type
>= R_XTENSA_SLOT0_OP
&& r_type
<= R_XTENSA_SLOT14_OP
)
3233 return r_type
- R_XTENSA_SLOT0_OP
;
3234 if (r_type
>= R_XTENSA_SLOT0_ALT
&& r_type
<= R_XTENSA_SLOT14_ALT
)
3235 return r_type
- R_XTENSA_SLOT0_ALT
;
3239 return XTENSA_UNDEFINED
;
3243 /* Get the opcode for a relocation. */
3245 static xtensa_opcode
3246 get_relocation_opcode (bfd
*abfd
,
3249 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irel
)
3251 static xtensa_insnbuf ibuff
= NULL
;
3252 static xtensa_insnbuf sbuff
= NULL
;
3253 xtensa_isa isa
= xtensa_default_isa
;
3257 if (contents
== NULL
)
3258 return XTENSA_UNDEFINED
;
3260 if (bfd_get_section_limit (abfd
, sec
) <= irel
->r_offset
)
3261 return XTENSA_UNDEFINED
;
3265 ibuff
= xtensa_insnbuf_alloc (isa
);
3266 sbuff
= xtensa_insnbuf_alloc (isa
);
3269 /* Decode the instruction. */
3270 xtensa_insnbuf_from_chars (isa
, ibuff
, &contents
[irel
->r_offset
],
3271 sec
->size
- irel
->r_offset
);
3272 fmt
= xtensa_format_decode (isa
, ibuff
);
3273 slot
= get_relocation_slot (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
->r_info
));
3274 if (slot
== XTENSA_UNDEFINED
)
3275 return XTENSA_UNDEFINED
;
3276 xtensa_format_get_slot (isa
, fmt
, slot
, ibuff
, sbuff
);
3277 return xtensa_opcode_decode (isa
, fmt
, slot
, sbuff
);
3282 is_l32r_relocation (bfd
*abfd
,
3285 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irel
)
3287 xtensa_opcode opcode
;
3288 if (!is_operand_relocation (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
->r_info
)))
3290 opcode
= get_relocation_opcode (abfd
, sec
, contents
, irel
);
3291 return (opcode
== get_l32r_opcode ());
3295 static bfd_size_type
3296 get_asm_simplify_size (bfd_byte
*contents
,
3297 bfd_size_type content_len
,
3298 bfd_size_type offset
)
3300 bfd_size_type insnlen
, size
= 0;
3302 /* Decode the size of the next two instructions. */
3303 insnlen
= insn_decode_len (contents
, content_len
, offset
);
3309 insnlen
= insn_decode_len (contents
, content_len
, offset
+ size
);
3319 is_alt_relocation (int r_type
)
3321 return (r_type
>= R_XTENSA_SLOT0_ALT
3322 && r_type
<= R_XTENSA_SLOT14_ALT
);
3327 is_operand_relocation (int r_type
)
3337 if (r_type
>= R_XTENSA_SLOT0_OP
&& r_type
<= R_XTENSA_SLOT14_OP
)
3339 if (r_type
>= R_XTENSA_SLOT0_ALT
&& r_type
<= R_XTENSA_SLOT14_ALT
)
3348 #define MIN_INSN_LENGTH 2
3350 /* Return 0 if it fails to decode. */
3353 insn_decode_len (bfd_byte
*contents
,
3354 bfd_size_type content_len
,
3355 bfd_size_type offset
)
3358 xtensa_isa isa
= xtensa_default_isa
;
3360 static xtensa_insnbuf ibuff
= NULL
;
3362 if (offset
+ MIN_INSN_LENGTH
> content_len
)
3366 ibuff
= xtensa_insnbuf_alloc (isa
);
3367 xtensa_insnbuf_from_chars (isa
, ibuff
, &contents
[offset
],
3368 content_len
- offset
);
3369 fmt
= xtensa_format_decode (isa
, ibuff
);
3370 if (fmt
== XTENSA_UNDEFINED
)
3372 insn_len
= xtensa_format_length (isa
, fmt
);
3373 if (insn_len
== XTENSA_UNDEFINED
)
3379 /* Decode the opcode for a single slot instruction.
3380 Return 0 if it fails to decode or the instruction is multi-slot. */
3383 insn_decode_opcode (bfd_byte
*contents
,
3384 bfd_size_type content_len
,
3385 bfd_size_type offset
,
3388 xtensa_isa isa
= xtensa_default_isa
;
3390 static xtensa_insnbuf insnbuf
= NULL
;
3391 static xtensa_insnbuf slotbuf
= NULL
;
3393 if (offset
+ MIN_INSN_LENGTH
> content_len
)
3394 return XTENSA_UNDEFINED
;
3396 if (insnbuf
== NULL
)
3398 insnbuf
= xtensa_insnbuf_alloc (isa
);
3399 slotbuf
= xtensa_insnbuf_alloc (isa
);
3402 xtensa_insnbuf_from_chars (isa
, insnbuf
, &contents
[offset
],
3403 content_len
- offset
);
3404 fmt
= xtensa_format_decode (isa
, insnbuf
);
3405 if (fmt
== XTENSA_UNDEFINED
)
3406 return XTENSA_UNDEFINED
;
3408 if (slot
>= xtensa_format_num_slots (isa
, fmt
))
3409 return XTENSA_UNDEFINED
;
3411 xtensa_format_get_slot (isa
, fmt
, slot
, insnbuf
, slotbuf
);
3412 return xtensa_opcode_decode (isa
, fmt
, slot
, slotbuf
);
3416 /* The offset is the offset in the contents.
3417 The address is the address of that offset. */
3420 check_branch_target_aligned (bfd_byte
*contents
,
3421 bfd_size_type content_length
,
3425 bfd_size_type insn_len
= insn_decode_len (contents
, content_length
, offset
);
3428 return check_branch_target_aligned_address (address
, insn_len
);
3433 check_loop_aligned (bfd_byte
*contents
,
3434 bfd_size_type content_length
,
3438 bfd_size_type loop_len
, insn_len
;
3439 xtensa_opcode opcode
=
3440 insn_decode_opcode (contents
, content_length
, offset
, 0);
3441 BFD_ASSERT (opcode
!= XTENSA_UNDEFINED
);
3442 if (opcode
!= XTENSA_UNDEFINED
)
3444 BFD_ASSERT (xtensa_opcode_is_loop (xtensa_default_isa
, opcode
));
3445 if (!xtensa_opcode_is_loop (xtensa_default_isa
, opcode
))
3448 loop_len
= insn_decode_len (contents
, content_length
, offset
);
3449 BFD_ASSERT (loop_len
!= 0);
3453 insn_len
= insn_decode_len (contents
, content_length
, offset
+ loop_len
);
3454 BFD_ASSERT (insn_len
!= 0);
3458 return check_branch_target_aligned_address (address
+ loop_len
, insn_len
);
3463 check_branch_target_aligned_address (bfd_vma addr
, int len
)
3466 return (addr
% 8 == 0);
3467 return ((addr
>> 2) == ((addr
+ len
- 1) >> 2));
3471 /* Instruction widening and narrowing. */
3473 /* When FLIX is available we need to access certain instructions only
3474 when they are 16-bit or 24-bit instructions. This table caches
3475 information about such instructions by walking through all the
3476 opcodes and finding the smallest single-slot format into which each
3479 static xtensa_format
*op_single_fmt_table
= NULL
;
3483 init_op_single_format_table (void)
3485 xtensa_isa isa
= xtensa_default_isa
;
3486 xtensa_insnbuf ibuf
;
3487 xtensa_opcode opcode
;
3491 if (op_single_fmt_table
)
3494 ibuf
= xtensa_insnbuf_alloc (isa
);
3495 num_opcodes
= xtensa_isa_num_opcodes (isa
);
3497 op_single_fmt_table
= (xtensa_format
*)
3498 bfd_malloc (sizeof (xtensa_format
) * num_opcodes
);
3499 for (opcode
= 0; opcode
< num_opcodes
; opcode
++)
3501 op_single_fmt_table
[opcode
] = XTENSA_UNDEFINED
;
3502 for (fmt
= 0; fmt
< xtensa_isa_num_formats (isa
); fmt
++)
3504 if (xtensa_format_num_slots (isa
, fmt
) == 1
3505 && xtensa_opcode_encode (isa
, fmt
, 0, ibuf
, opcode
) == 0)
3507 xtensa_opcode old_fmt
= op_single_fmt_table
[opcode
];
3508 int fmt_length
= xtensa_format_length (isa
, fmt
);
3509 if (old_fmt
== XTENSA_UNDEFINED
3510 || fmt_length
< xtensa_format_length (isa
, old_fmt
))
3511 op_single_fmt_table
[opcode
] = fmt
;
3515 xtensa_insnbuf_free (isa
, ibuf
);
3519 static xtensa_format
3520 get_single_format (xtensa_opcode opcode
)
3522 init_op_single_format_table ();
3523 return op_single_fmt_table
[opcode
];
3527 /* For the set of narrowable instructions we do NOT include the
3528 narrowings beqz -> beqz.n or bnez -> bnez.n because of complexities
3529 involved during linker relaxation that may require these to
3530 re-expand in some conditions. Also, the narrowing "or" -> mov.n
3531 requires special case code to ensure it only works when op1 == op2. */
3539 struct string_pair narrowable
[] =
3542 { "addi", "addi.n" },
3543 { "addmi", "addi.n" },
3544 { "l32i", "l32i.n" },
3545 { "movi", "movi.n" },
3547 { "retw", "retw.n" },
3548 { "s32i", "s32i.n" },
3549 { "or", "mov.n" } /* special case only when op1 == op2 */
3552 struct string_pair widenable
[] =
3555 { "addi", "addi.n" },
3556 { "addmi", "addi.n" },
3557 { "beqz", "beqz.n" },
3558 { "bnez", "bnez.n" },
3559 { "l32i", "l32i.n" },
3560 { "movi", "movi.n" },
3562 { "retw", "retw.n" },
3563 { "s32i", "s32i.n" },
3564 { "or", "mov.n" } /* special case only when op1 == op2 */
3568 /* Attempt to narrow an instruction. Return true if the narrowing is
3569 valid. If the do_it parameter is non-zero, then perform the action
3570 in-place directly into the contents. Otherwise, do not modify the
3571 contents. The set of valid narrowing are specified by a string table
3572 but require some special case operand checks in some cases. */
3575 narrow_instruction (bfd_byte
*contents
,
3576 bfd_size_type content_length
,
3577 bfd_size_type offset
,
3580 xtensa_opcode opcode
;
3581 bfd_size_type insn_len
, opi
;
3582 xtensa_isa isa
= xtensa_default_isa
;
3583 xtensa_format fmt
, o_fmt
;
3585 static xtensa_insnbuf insnbuf
= NULL
;
3586 static xtensa_insnbuf slotbuf
= NULL
;
3587 static xtensa_insnbuf o_insnbuf
= NULL
;
3588 static xtensa_insnbuf o_slotbuf
= NULL
;
3590 if (insnbuf
== NULL
)
3592 insnbuf
= xtensa_insnbuf_alloc (isa
);
3593 slotbuf
= xtensa_insnbuf_alloc (isa
);
3594 o_insnbuf
= xtensa_insnbuf_alloc (isa
);
3595 o_slotbuf
= xtensa_insnbuf_alloc (isa
);
3598 BFD_ASSERT (offset
< content_length
);
3600 if (content_length
< 2)
3603 /* We will hand-code a few of these for a little while.
3604 These have all been specified in the assembler aleady. */
3605 xtensa_insnbuf_from_chars (isa
, insnbuf
, &contents
[offset
],
3606 content_length
- offset
);
3607 fmt
= xtensa_format_decode (isa
, insnbuf
);
3608 if (xtensa_format_num_slots (isa
, fmt
) != 1)
3611 if (xtensa_format_get_slot (isa
, fmt
, 0, insnbuf
, slotbuf
) != 0)
3614 opcode
= xtensa_opcode_decode (isa
, fmt
, 0, slotbuf
);
3615 if (opcode
== XTENSA_UNDEFINED
)
3617 insn_len
= xtensa_format_length (isa
, fmt
);
3618 if (insn_len
> content_length
)
3621 for (opi
= 0; opi
< (sizeof (narrowable
)/sizeof (struct string_pair
)); ++opi
)
3623 bfd_boolean is_or
= (strcmp ("or", narrowable
[opi
].wide
) == 0);
3625 if (opcode
== xtensa_opcode_lookup (isa
, narrowable
[opi
].wide
))
3627 uint32 value
, newval
;
3628 int i
, operand_count
, o_operand_count
;
3629 xtensa_opcode o_opcode
;
3631 /* Address does not matter in this case. We might need to
3632 fix it to handle branches/jumps. */
3633 bfd_vma self_address
= 0;
3635 o_opcode
= xtensa_opcode_lookup (isa
, narrowable
[opi
].narrow
);
3636 if (o_opcode
== XTENSA_UNDEFINED
)
3638 o_fmt
= get_single_format (o_opcode
);
3639 if (o_fmt
== XTENSA_UNDEFINED
)
3642 if (xtensa_format_length (isa
, fmt
) != 3
3643 || xtensa_format_length (isa
, o_fmt
) != 2)
3646 xtensa_format_encode (isa
, o_fmt
, o_insnbuf
);
3647 operand_count
= xtensa_opcode_num_operands (isa
, opcode
);
3648 o_operand_count
= xtensa_opcode_num_operands (isa
, o_opcode
);
3650 if (xtensa_opcode_encode (isa
, o_fmt
, 0, o_slotbuf
, o_opcode
) != 0)
3655 if (xtensa_opcode_num_operands (isa
, o_opcode
) != operand_count
)
3660 uint32 rawval0
, rawval1
, rawval2
;
3662 if (o_operand_count
+ 1 != operand_count
)
3664 if (xtensa_operand_get_field (isa
, opcode
, 0,
3665 fmt
, 0, slotbuf
, &rawval0
) != 0)
3667 if (xtensa_operand_get_field (isa
, opcode
, 1,
3668 fmt
, 0, slotbuf
, &rawval1
) != 0)
3670 if (xtensa_operand_get_field (isa
, opcode
, 2,
3671 fmt
, 0, slotbuf
, &rawval2
) != 0)
3674 if (rawval1
!= rawval2
)
3676 if (rawval0
== rawval1
) /* it is a nop */
3680 for (i
= 0; i
< o_operand_count
; ++i
)
3682 if (xtensa_operand_get_field (isa
, opcode
, i
, fmt
, 0,
3684 || xtensa_operand_decode (isa
, opcode
, i
, &value
))
3687 /* PC-relative branches need adjustment, but
3688 the PC-rel operand will always have a relocation. */
3690 if (xtensa_operand_do_reloc (isa
, o_opcode
, i
, &newval
,
3692 || xtensa_operand_encode (isa
, o_opcode
, i
, &newval
)
3693 || xtensa_operand_set_field (isa
, o_opcode
, i
, o_fmt
, 0,
3698 if (xtensa_format_set_slot (isa
, o_fmt
, 0,
3699 o_insnbuf
, o_slotbuf
) != 0)
3703 xtensa_insnbuf_to_chars (isa
, o_insnbuf
, contents
+ offset
,
3704 content_length
- offset
);
3712 /* Attempt to widen an instruction. Return true if the widening is
3713 valid. If the do_it parameter is non-zero, then the action should
3714 be performed inplace into the contents. Otherwise, do not modify
3715 the contents. The set of valid widenings are specified by a string
3716 table but require some special case operand checks in some
3720 widen_instruction (bfd_byte
*contents
,
3721 bfd_size_type content_length
,
3722 bfd_size_type offset
,
3725 xtensa_opcode opcode
;
3726 bfd_size_type insn_len
, opi
;
3727 xtensa_isa isa
= xtensa_default_isa
;
3728 xtensa_format fmt
, o_fmt
;
3730 static xtensa_insnbuf insnbuf
= NULL
;
3731 static xtensa_insnbuf slotbuf
= NULL
;
3732 static xtensa_insnbuf o_insnbuf
= NULL
;
3733 static xtensa_insnbuf o_slotbuf
= NULL
;
3735 if (insnbuf
== NULL
)
3737 insnbuf
= xtensa_insnbuf_alloc (isa
);
3738 slotbuf
= xtensa_insnbuf_alloc (isa
);
3739 o_insnbuf
= xtensa_insnbuf_alloc (isa
);
3740 o_slotbuf
= xtensa_insnbuf_alloc (isa
);
3743 BFD_ASSERT (offset
< content_length
);
3745 if (content_length
< 2)
3748 /* We will hand code a few of these for a little while.
3749 These have all been specified in the assembler aleady. */
3750 xtensa_insnbuf_from_chars (isa
, insnbuf
, &contents
[offset
],
3751 content_length
- offset
);
3752 fmt
= xtensa_format_decode (isa
, insnbuf
);
3753 if (xtensa_format_num_slots (isa
, fmt
) != 1)
3756 if (xtensa_format_get_slot (isa
, fmt
, 0, insnbuf
, slotbuf
) != 0)
3759 opcode
= xtensa_opcode_decode (isa
, fmt
, 0, slotbuf
);
3760 if (opcode
== XTENSA_UNDEFINED
)
3762 insn_len
= xtensa_format_length (isa
, fmt
);
3763 if (insn_len
> content_length
)
3766 for (opi
= 0; opi
< (sizeof (widenable
)/sizeof (struct string_pair
)); ++opi
)
3768 bfd_boolean is_or
= (strcmp ("or", widenable
[opi
].wide
) == 0);
3769 bfd_boolean is_branch
= (strcmp ("beqz", widenable
[opi
].wide
) == 0
3770 || strcmp ("bnez", widenable
[opi
].wide
) == 0);
3772 if (opcode
== xtensa_opcode_lookup (isa
, widenable
[opi
].narrow
))
3774 uint32 value
, newval
;
3775 int i
, operand_count
, o_operand_count
, check_operand_count
;
3776 xtensa_opcode o_opcode
;
3778 /* Address does not matter in this case. We might need to fix it
3779 to handle branches/jumps. */
3780 bfd_vma self_address
= 0;
3782 o_opcode
= xtensa_opcode_lookup (isa
, widenable
[opi
].wide
);
3783 if (o_opcode
== XTENSA_UNDEFINED
)
3785 o_fmt
= get_single_format (o_opcode
);
3786 if (o_fmt
== XTENSA_UNDEFINED
)
3789 if (xtensa_format_length (isa
, fmt
) != 2
3790 || xtensa_format_length (isa
, o_fmt
) != 3)
3793 xtensa_format_encode (isa
, o_fmt
, o_insnbuf
);
3794 operand_count
= xtensa_opcode_num_operands (isa
, opcode
);
3795 o_operand_count
= xtensa_opcode_num_operands (isa
, o_opcode
);
3796 check_operand_count
= o_operand_count
;
3798 if (xtensa_opcode_encode (isa
, o_fmt
, 0, o_slotbuf
, o_opcode
) != 0)
3803 if (xtensa_opcode_num_operands (isa
, o_opcode
) != operand_count
)
3808 uint32 rawval0
, rawval1
;
3810 if (o_operand_count
!= operand_count
+ 1)
3812 if (xtensa_operand_get_field (isa
, opcode
, 0,
3813 fmt
, 0, slotbuf
, &rawval0
) != 0)
3815 if (xtensa_operand_get_field (isa
, opcode
, 1,
3816 fmt
, 0, slotbuf
, &rawval1
) != 0)
3818 if (rawval0
== rawval1
) /* it is a nop */
3822 check_operand_count
--;
3824 for (i
= 0; i
< check_operand_count
; ++i
)
3827 if (is_or
&& i
== o_operand_count
- 1)
3829 if (xtensa_operand_get_field (isa
, opcode
, new_i
, fmt
, 0,
3831 || xtensa_operand_decode (isa
, opcode
, new_i
, &value
))
3834 /* PC-relative branches need adjustment, but
3835 the PC-rel operand will always have a relocation. */
3837 if (xtensa_operand_do_reloc (isa
, o_opcode
, i
, &newval
,
3839 || xtensa_operand_encode (isa
, o_opcode
, i
, &newval
)
3840 || xtensa_operand_set_field (isa
, o_opcode
, i
, o_fmt
, 0,
3845 if (xtensa_format_set_slot (isa
, o_fmt
, 0, o_insnbuf
, o_slotbuf
))
3849 xtensa_insnbuf_to_chars (isa
, o_insnbuf
, contents
+ offset
,
3850 content_length
- offset
);
3858 /* Code for transforming CALLs at link-time. */
3860 static bfd_reloc_status_type
3861 elf_xtensa_do_asm_simplify (bfd_byte
*contents
,
3863 bfd_vma content_length
,
3864 char **error_message
)
3866 static xtensa_insnbuf insnbuf
= NULL
;
3867 static xtensa_insnbuf slotbuf
= NULL
;
3868 xtensa_format core_format
= XTENSA_UNDEFINED
;
3869 xtensa_opcode opcode
;
3870 xtensa_opcode direct_call_opcode
;
3871 xtensa_isa isa
= xtensa_default_isa
;
3872 bfd_byte
*chbuf
= contents
+ address
;
3875 if (insnbuf
== NULL
)
3877 insnbuf
= xtensa_insnbuf_alloc (isa
);
3878 slotbuf
= xtensa_insnbuf_alloc (isa
);
3881 if (content_length
< address
)
3883 *error_message
= _("Attempt to convert L32R/CALLX to CALL failed");
3884 return bfd_reloc_other
;
3887 opcode
= get_expanded_call_opcode (chbuf
, content_length
- address
, 0);
3888 direct_call_opcode
= swap_callx_for_call_opcode (opcode
);
3889 if (direct_call_opcode
== XTENSA_UNDEFINED
)
3891 *error_message
= _("Attempt to convert L32R/CALLX to CALL failed");
3892 return bfd_reloc_other
;
3895 /* Assemble a NOP ("or a1, a1, a1") into the 0 byte offset. */
3896 core_format
= xtensa_format_lookup (isa
, "x24");
3897 opcode
= xtensa_opcode_lookup (isa
, "or");
3898 xtensa_opcode_encode (isa
, core_format
, 0, slotbuf
, opcode
);
3899 for (opn
= 0; opn
< 3; opn
++)
3902 xtensa_operand_encode (isa
, opcode
, opn
, ®no
);
3903 xtensa_operand_set_field (isa
, opcode
, opn
, core_format
, 0,
3906 xtensa_format_encode (isa
, core_format
, insnbuf
);
3907 xtensa_format_set_slot (isa
, core_format
, 0, insnbuf
, slotbuf
);
3908 xtensa_insnbuf_to_chars (isa
, insnbuf
, chbuf
, content_length
- address
);
3910 /* Assemble a CALL ("callN 0") into the 3 byte offset. */
3911 xtensa_opcode_encode (isa
, core_format
, 0, slotbuf
, direct_call_opcode
);
3912 xtensa_operand_set_field (isa
, opcode
, 0, core_format
, 0, slotbuf
, 0);
3914 xtensa_format_encode (isa
, core_format
, insnbuf
);
3915 xtensa_format_set_slot (isa
, core_format
, 0, insnbuf
, slotbuf
);
3916 xtensa_insnbuf_to_chars (isa
, insnbuf
, chbuf
+ 3,
3917 content_length
- address
- 3);
3919 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
3923 static bfd_reloc_status_type
3924 contract_asm_expansion (bfd_byte
*contents
,
3925 bfd_vma content_length
,
3926 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irel
,
3927 char **error_message
)
3929 bfd_reloc_status_type retval
=
3930 elf_xtensa_do_asm_simplify (contents
, irel
->r_offset
, content_length
,
3933 if (retval
!= bfd_reloc_ok
)
3934 return bfd_reloc_dangerous
;
3936 /* Update the irel->r_offset field so that the right immediate and
3937 the right instruction are modified during the relocation. */
3938 irel
->r_offset
+= 3;
3939 irel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (ELF32_R_SYM (irel
->r_info
), R_XTENSA_SLOT0_OP
);
3940 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
3944 static xtensa_opcode
3945 swap_callx_for_call_opcode (xtensa_opcode opcode
)
3947 init_call_opcodes ();
3949 if (opcode
== callx0_op
) return call0_op
;
3950 if (opcode
== callx4_op
) return call4_op
;
3951 if (opcode
== callx8_op
) return call8_op
;
3952 if (opcode
== callx12_op
) return call12_op
;
3954 /* Return XTENSA_UNDEFINED if the opcode is not an indirect call. */
3955 return XTENSA_UNDEFINED
;
3959 /* Check if "buf" is pointing to a "L32R aN; CALLX aN" or "CONST16 aN;
3960 CONST16 aN; CALLX aN" sequence, and if so, return the CALLX opcode.
3961 If not, return XTENSA_UNDEFINED. */
3963 #define L32R_TARGET_REG_OPERAND 0
3964 #define CONST16_TARGET_REG_OPERAND 0
3965 #define CALLN_SOURCE_OPERAND 0
3967 static xtensa_opcode
3968 get_expanded_call_opcode (bfd_byte
*buf
, int bufsize
, bfd_boolean
*p_uses_l32r
)
3970 static xtensa_insnbuf insnbuf
= NULL
;
3971 static xtensa_insnbuf slotbuf
= NULL
;
3973 xtensa_opcode opcode
;
3974 xtensa_isa isa
= xtensa_default_isa
;
3975 uint32 regno
, const16_regno
, call_regno
;
3978 if (insnbuf
== NULL
)
3980 insnbuf
= xtensa_insnbuf_alloc (isa
);
3981 slotbuf
= xtensa_insnbuf_alloc (isa
);
3984 xtensa_insnbuf_from_chars (isa
, insnbuf
, buf
, bufsize
);
3985 fmt
= xtensa_format_decode (isa
, insnbuf
);
3986 if (fmt
== XTENSA_UNDEFINED
3987 || xtensa_format_get_slot (isa
, fmt
, 0, insnbuf
, slotbuf
))
3988 return XTENSA_UNDEFINED
;
3990 opcode
= xtensa_opcode_decode (isa
, fmt
, 0, slotbuf
);
3991 if (opcode
== XTENSA_UNDEFINED
)
3992 return XTENSA_UNDEFINED
;
3994 if (opcode
== get_l32r_opcode ())
3997 *p_uses_l32r
= TRUE
;
3998 if (xtensa_operand_get_field (isa
, opcode
, L32R_TARGET_REG_OPERAND
,
3999 fmt
, 0, slotbuf
, ®no
)
4000 || xtensa_operand_decode (isa
, opcode
, L32R_TARGET_REG_OPERAND
,
4002 return XTENSA_UNDEFINED
;
4004 else if (opcode
== get_const16_opcode ())
4007 *p_uses_l32r
= FALSE
;
4008 if (xtensa_operand_get_field (isa
, opcode
, CONST16_TARGET_REG_OPERAND
,
4009 fmt
, 0, slotbuf
, ®no
)
4010 || xtensa_operand_decode (isa
, opcode
, CONST16_TARGET_REG_OPERAND
,
4012 return XTENSA_UNDEFINED
;
4014 /* Check that the next instruction is also CONST16. */
4015 offset
+= xtensa_format_length (isa
, fmt
);
4016 xtensa_insnbuf_from_chars (isa
, insnbuf
, buf
+ offset
, bufsize
- offset
);
4017 fmt
= xtensa_format_decode (isa
, insnbuf
);
4018 if (fmt
== XTENSA_UNDEFINED
4019 || xtensa_format_get_slot (isa
, fmt
, 0, insnbuf
, slotbuf
))
4020 return XTENSA_UNDEFINED
;
4021 opcode
= xtensa_opcode_decode (isa
, fmt
, 0, slotbuf
);
4022 if (opcode
!= get_const16_opcode ())
4023 return XTENSA_UNDEFINED
;
4025 if (xtensa_operand_get_field (isa
, opcode
, CONST16_TARGET_REG_OPERAND
,
4026 fmt
, 0, slotbuf
, &const16_regno
)
4027 || xtensa_operand_decode (isa
, opcode
, CONST16_TARGET_REG_OPERAND
,
4029 || const16_regno
!= regno
)
4030 return XTENSA_UNDEFINED
;
4033 return XTENSA_UNDEFINED
;
4035 /* Next instruction should be an CALLXn with operand 0 == regno. */
4036 offset
+= xtensa_format_length (isa
, fmt
);
4037 xtensa_insnbuf_from_chars (isa
, insnbuf
, buf
+ offset
, bufsize
- offset
);
4038 fmt
= xtensa_format_decode (isa
, insnbuf
);
4039 if (fmt
== XTENSA_UNDEFINED
4040 || xtensa_format_get_slot (isa
, fmt
, 0, insnbuf
, slotbuf
))
4041 return XTENSA_UNDEFINED
;
4042 opcode
= xtensa_opcode_decode (isa
, fmt
, 0, slotbuf
);
4043 if (opcode
== XTENSA_UNDEFINED
4044 || !is_indirect_call_opcode (opcode
))
4045 return XTENSA_UNDEFINED
;
4047 if (xtensa_operand_get_field (isa
, opcode
, CALLN_SOURCE_OPERAND
,
4048 fmt
, 0, slotbuf
, &call_regno
)
4049 || xtensa_operand_decode (isa
, opcode
, CALLN_SOURCE_OPERAND
,
4051 return XTENSA_UNDEFINED
;
4053 if (call_regno
!= regno
)
4054 return XTENSA_UNDEFINED
;
4060 /* Data structures used during relaxation. */
4062 /* r_reloc: relocation values. */
4064 /* Through the relaxation process, we need to keep track of the values
4065 that will result from evaluating relocations. The standard ELF
4066 relocation structure is not sufficient for this purpose because we're
4067 operating on multiple input files at once, so we need to know which
4068 input file a relocation refers to. The r_reloc structure thus
4069 records both the input file (bfd) and ELF relocation.
4071 For efficiency, an r_reloc also contains a "target_offset" field to
4072 cache the target-section-relative offset value that is represented by
4075 The r_reloc also contains a virtual offset that allows multiple
4076 inserted literals to be placed at the same "address" with
4077 different offsets. */
4079 typedef struct r_reloc_struct r_reloc
;
4081 struct r_reloc_struct
4084 Elf_Internal_Rela rela
;
4085 bfd_vma target_offset
;
4086 bfd_vma virtual_offset
;
4090 /* The r_reloc structure is included by value in literal_value, but not
4091 every literal_value has an associated relocation -- some are simple
4092 constants. In such cases, we set all the fields in the r_reloc
4093 struct to zero. The r_reloc_is_const function should be used to
4094 detect this case. */
4097 r_reloc_is_const (const r_reloc
*r_rel
)
4099 return (r_rel
->abfd
== NULL
);
4104 r_reloc_get_target_offset (const r_reloc
*r_rel
)
4106 bfd_vma target_offset
;
4107 unsigned long r_symndx
;
4109 BFD_ASSERT (!r_reloc_is_const (r_rel
));
4110 r_symndx
= ELF32_R_SYM (r_rel
->rela
.r_info
);
4111 target_offset
= get_elf_r_symndx_offset (r_rel
->abfd
, r_symndx
);
4112 return (target_offset
+ r_rel
->rela
.r_addend
);
4116 static struct elf_link_hash_entry
*
4117 r_reloc_get_hash_entry (const r_reloc
*r_rel
)
4119 unsigned long r_symndx
= ELF32_R_SYM (r_rel
->rela
.r_info
);
4120 return get_elf_r_symndx_hash_entry (r_rel
->abfd
, r_symndx
);
4125 r_reloc_get_section (const r_reloc
*r_rel
)
4127 unsigned long r_symndx
= ELF32_R_SYM (r_rel
->rela
.r_info
);
4128 return get_elf_r_symndx_section (r_rel
->abfd
, r_symndx
);
4133 r_reloc_is_defined (const r_reloc
*r_rel
)
4139 sec
= r_reloc_get_section (r_rel
);
4140 if (sec
== bfd_abs_section_ptr
4141 || sec
== bfd_com_section_ptr
4142 || sec
== bfd_und_section_ptr
)
4149 r_reloc_init (r_reloc
*r_rel
,
4151 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irel
,
4153 bfd_size_type content_length
)
4156 reloc_howto_type
*howto
;
4160 r_rel
->rela
= *irel
;
4162 r_rel
->target_offset
= r_reloc_get_target_offset (r_rel
);
4163 r_rel
->virtual_offset
= 0;
4164 r_type
= ELF32_R_TYPE (r_rel
->rela
.r_info
);
4165 howto
= &elf_howto_table
[r_type
];
4166 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
4168 bfd_vma inplace_val
;
4169 BFD_ASSERT (r_rel
->rela
.r_offset
< content_length
);
4171 inplace_val
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, &contents
[r_rel
->rela
.r_offset
]);
4172 r_rel
->target_offset
+= inplace_val
;
4176 memset (r_rel
, 0, sizeof (r_reloc
));
4183 print_r_reloc (FILE *fp
, const r_reloc
*r_rel
)
4185 if (r_reloc_is_defined (r_rel
))
4187 asection
*sec
= r_reloc_get_section (r_rel
);
4188 fprintf (fp
, " %s(%s + ", sec
->owner
->filename
, sec
->name
);
4190 else if (r_reloc_get_hash_entry (r_rel
))
4191 fprintf (fp
, " %s + ", r_reloc_get_hash_entry (r_rel
)->root
.root
.string
);
4193 fprintf (fp
, " ?? + ");
4195 fprintf_vma (fp
, r_rel
->target_offset
);
4196 if (r_rel
->virtual_offset
)
4198 fprintf (fp
, " + ");
4199 fprintf_vma (fp
, r_rel
->virtual_offset
);
4208 /* source_reloc: relocations that reference literals. */
4210 /* To determine whether literals can be coalesced, we need to first
4211 record all the relocations that reference the literals. The
4212 source_reloc structure below is used for this purpose. The
4213 source_reloc entries are kept in a per-literal-section array, sorted
4214 by offset within the literal section (i.e., target offset).
4216 The source_sec and r_rel.rela.r_offset fields identify the source of
4217 the relocation. The r_rel field records the relocation value, i.e.,
4218 the offset of the literal being referenced. The opnd field is needed
4219 to determine the range of the immediate field to which the relocation
4220 applies, so we can determine whether another literal with the same
4221 value is within range. The is_null field is true when the relocation
4222 is being removed (e.g., when an L32R is being removed due to a CALLX
4223 that is converted to a direct CALL). */
4225 typedef struct source_reloc_struct source_reloc
;
4227 struct source_reloc_struct
4229 asection
*source_sec
;
4231 xtensa_opcode opcode
;
4233 bfd_boolean is_null
;
4234 bfd_boolean is_abs_literal
;
4239 init_source_reloc (source_reloc
*reloc
,
4240 asection
*source_sec
,
4241 const r_reloc
*r_rel
,
4242 xtensa_opcode opcode
,
4244 bfd_boolean is_abs_literal
)
4246 reloc
->source_sec
= source_sec
;
4247 reloc
->r_rel
= *r_rel
;
4248 reloc
->opcode
= opcode
;
4250 reloc
->is_null
= FALSE
;
4251 reloc
->is_abs_literal
= is_abs_literal
;
4255 /* Find the source_reloc for a particular source offset and relocation
4256 type. Note that the array is sorted by _target_ offset, so this is
4257 just a linear search. */
4259 static source_reloc
*
4260 find_source_reloc (source_reloc
*src_relocs
,
4263 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irel
)
4267 for (i
= 0; i
< src_count
; i
++)
4269 if (src_relocs
[i
].source_sec
== sec
4270 && src_relocs
[i
].r_rel
.rela
.r_offset
== irel
->r_offset
4271 && (ELF32_R_TYPE (src_relocs
[i
].r_rel
.rela
.r_info
)
4272 == ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
->r_info
)))
4273 return &src_relocs
[i
];
4281 source_reloc_compare (const void *ap
, const void *bp
)
4283 const source_reloc
*a
= (const source_reloc
*) ap
;
4284 const source_reloc
*b
= (const source_reloc
*) bp
;
4286 if (a
->r_rel
.target_offset
!= b
->r_rel
.target_offset
)
4287 return (a
->r_rel
.target_offset
- b
->r_rel
.target_offset
);
4289 /* We don't need to sort on these criteria for correctness,
4290 but enforcing a more strict ordering prevents unstable qsort
4291 from behaving differently with different implementations.
4292 Without the code below we get correct but different results
4293 on Solaris 2.7 and 2.8. We would like to always produce the
4294 same results no matter the host. */
4296 if ((!a
->is_null
) - (!b
->is_null
))
4297 return ((!a
->is_null
) - (!b
->is_null
));
4298 return internal_reloc_compare (&a
->r_rel
.rela
, &b
->r_rel
.rela
);
4302 /* Literal values and value hash tables. */
4304 /* Literals with the same value can be coalesced. The literal_value
4305 structure records the value of a literal: the "r_rel" field holds the
4306 information from the relocation on the literal (if there is one) and
4307 the "value" field holds the contents of the literal word itself.
4309 The value_map structure records a literal value along with the
4310 location of a literal holding that value. The value_map hash table
4311 is indexed by the literal value, so that we can quickly check if a
4312 particular literal value has been seen before and is thus a candidate
4315 typedef struct literal_value_struct literal_value
;
4316 typedef struct value_map_struct value_map
;
4317 typedef struct value_map_hash_table_struct value_map_hash_table
;
4319 struct literal_value_struct
4322 unsigned long value
;
4323 bfd_boolean is_abs_literal
;
4326 struct value_map_struct
4328 literal_value val
; /* The literal value. */
4329 r_reloc loc
; /* Location of the literal. */
4333 struct value_map_hash_table_struct
4335 unsigned bucket_count
;
4336 value_map
**buckets
;
4338 bfd_boolean has_last_loc
;
4344 init_literal_value (literal_value
*lit
,
4345 const r_reloc
*r_rel
,
4346 unsigned long value
,
4347 bfd_boolean is_abs_literal
)
4349 lit
->r_rel
= *r_rel
;
4351 lit
->is_abs_literal
= is_abs_literal
;
4356 literal_value_equal (const literal_value
*src1
,
4357 const literal_value
*src2
,
4358 bfd_boolean final_static_link
)
4360 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h1
, *h2
;
4362 if (r_reloc_is_const (&src1
->r_rel
) != r_reloc_is_const (&src2
->r_rel
))
4365 if (r_reloc_is_const (&src1
->r_rel
))
4366 return (src1
->value
== src2
->value
);
4368 if (ELF32_R_TYPE (src1
->r_rel
.rela
.r_info
)
4369 != ELF32_R_TYPE (src2
->r_rel
.rela
.r_info
))
4372 if (src1
->r_rel
.target_offset
!= src2
->r_rel
.target_offset
)
4375 if (src1
->r_rel
.virtual_offset
!= src2
->r_rel
.virtual_offset
)
4378 if (src1
->value
!= src2
->value
)
4381 /* Now check for the same section (if defined) or the same elf_hash
4382 (if undefined or weak). */
4383 h1
= r_reloc_get_hash_entry (&src1
->r_rel
);
4384 h2
= r_reloc_get_hash_entry (&src2
->r_rel
);
4385 if (r_reloc_is_defined (&src1
->r_rel
)
4386 && (final_static_link
4387 || ((!h1
|| h1
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
4388 && (!h2
|| h2
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
))))
4390 if (r_reloc_get_section (&src1
->r_rel
)
4391 != r_reloc_get_section (&src2
->r_rel
))
4396 /* Require that the hash entries (i.e., symbols) be identical. */
4397 if (h1
!= h2
|| h1
== 0)
4401 if (src1
->is_abs_literal
!= src2
->is_abs_literal
)
4408 /* Must be power of 2. */
4409 #define INITIAL_HASH_RELOC_BUCKET_COUNT 1024
4411 static value_map_hash_table
*
4412 value_map_hash_table_init (void)
4414 value_map_hash_table
*values
;
4416 values
= (value_map_hash_table
*)
4417 bfd_zmalloc (sizeof (value_map_hash_table
));
4418 values
->bucket_count
= INITIAL_HASH_RELOC_BUCKET_COUNT
;
4420 values
->buckets
= (value_map
**)
4421 bfd_zmalloc (sizeof (value_map
*) * values
->bucket_count
);
4422 if (values
->buckets
== NULL
)
4427 values
->has_last_loc
= FALSE
;
4434 value_map_hash_table_delete (value_map_hash_table
*table
)
4436 free (table
->buckets
);
4442 hash_bfd_vma (bfd_vma val
)
4444 return (val
>> 2) + (val
>> 10);
4449 literal_value_hash (const literal_value
*src
)
4453 hash_val
= hash_bfd_vma (src
->value
);
4454 if (!r_reloc_is_const (&src
->r_rel
))
4458 hash_val
+= hash_bfd_vma (src
->is_abs_literal
* 1000);
4459 hash_val
+= hash_bfd_vma (src
->r_rel
.target_offset
);
4460 hash_val
+= hash_bfd_vma (src
->r_rel
.virtual_offset
);
4462 /* Now check for the same section and the same elf_hash. */
4463 if (r_reloc_is_defined (&src
->r_rel
))
4464 sec_or_hash
= r_reloc_get_section (&src
->r_rel
);
4466 sec_or_hash
= r_reloc_get_hash_entry (&src
->r_rel
);
4467 hash_val
+= hash_bfd_vma ((bfd_vma
) (size_t) sec_or_hash
);
4473 /* Check if the specified literal_value has been seen before. */
4476 value_map_get_cached_value (value_map_hash_table
*map
,
4477 const literal_value
*val
,
4478 bfd_boolean final_static_link
)
4484 idx
= literal_value_hash (val
);
4485 idx
= idx
& (map
->bucket_count
- 1);
4486 bucket
= map
->buckets
[idx
];
4487 for (map_e
= bucket
; map_e
; map_e
= map_e
->next
)
4489 if (literal_value_equal (&map_e
->val
, val
, final_static_link
))
4496 /* Record a new literal value. It is illegal to call this if VALUE
4497 already has an entry here. */
4500 add_value_map (value_map_hash_table
*map
,
4501 const literal_value
*val
,
4503 bfd_boolean final_static_link
)
4505 value_map
**bucket_p
;
4508 value_map
*val_e
= (value_map
*) bfd_zmalloc (sizeof (value_map
));
4511 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory
);
4515 BFD_ASSERT (!value_map_get_cached_value (map
, val
, final_static_link
));
4519 idx
= literal_value_hash (val
);
4520 idx
= idx
& (map
->bucket_count
- 1);
4521 bucket_p
= &map
->buckets
[idx
];
4523 val_e
->next
= *bucket_p
;
4526 /* FIXME: Consider resizing the hash table if we get too many entries. */
4532 /* Lists of text actions (ta_) for narrowing, widening, longcall
4533 conversion, space fill, code & literal removal, etc. */
4535 /* The following text actions are generated:
4537 "ta_remove_insn" remove an instruction or instructions
4538 "ta_remove_longcall" convert longcall to call
4539 "ta_convert_longcall" convert longcall to nop/call
4540 "ta_narrow_insn" narrow a wide instruction
4541 "ta_widen" widen a narrow instruction
4542 "ta_fill" add fill or remove fill
4543 removed < 0 is a fill; branches to the fill address will be
4544 changed to address + fill size (e.g., address - removed)
4545 removed >= 0 branches to the fill address will stay unchanged
4546 "ta_remove_literal" remove a literal; this action is
4547 indicated when a literal is removed
4549 "ta_add_literal" insert a new literal; this action is
4550 indicated when a literal has been moved.
4551 It may use a virtual_offset because
4552 multiple literals can be placed at the
4555 For each of these text actions, we also record the number of bytes
4556 removed by performing the text action. In the case of a "ta_widen"
4557 or a "ta_fill" that adds space, the removed_bytes will be negative. */
4559 typedef struct text_action_struct text_action
;
4560 typedef struct text_action_list_struct text_action_list
;
4561 typedef enum text_action_enum_t text_action_t
;
4563 enum text_action_enum_t
4566 ta_remove_insn
, /* removed = -size */
4567 ta_remove_longcall
, /* removed = -size */
4568 ta_convert_longcall
, /* removed = 0 */
4569 ta_narrow_insn
, /* removed = -1 */
4570 ta_widen_insn
, /* removed = +1 */
4571 ta_fill
, /* removed = +size */
4577 /* Structure for a text action record. */
4578 struct text_action_struct
4580 text_action_t action
;
4581 asection
*sec
; /* Optional */
4583 bfd_vma virtual_offset
; /* Zero except for adding literals. */
4585 literal_value value
; /* Only valid when adding literals. */
4591 /* List of all of the actions taken on a text section. */
4592 struct text_action_list_struct
4598 static text_action
*
4599 find_fill_action (text_action_list
*l
, asection
*sec
, bfd_vma offset
)
4603 /* It is not necessary to fill at the end of a section. */
4604 if (sec
->size
== offset
)
4607 for (m_p
= &l
->head
; *m_p
&& (*m_p
)->offset
<= offset
; m_p
= &(*m_p
)->next
)
4609 text_action
*t
= *m_p
;
4610 /* When the action is another fill at the same address,
4611 just increase the size. */
4612 if (t
->offset
== offset
&& t
->action
== ta_fill
)
4620 compute_removed_action_diff (const text_action
*ta
,
4624 int removable_space
)
4627 int current_removed
= 0;
4630 current_removed
= ta
->removed_bytes
;
4632 BFD_ASSERT (ta
== NULL
|| ta
->offset
== offset
);
4633 BFD_ASSERT (ta
== NULL
|| ta
->action
== ta_fill
);
4635 /* It is not necessary to fill at the end of a section. Clean this up. */
4636 if (sec
->size
== offset
)
4637 new_removed
= removable_space
- 0;
4641 int added
= -removed
- current_removed
;
4642 /* Ignore multiples of the section alignment. */
4643 added
= ((1 << sec
->alignment_power
) - 1) & added
;
4644 new_removed
= (-added
);
4646 /* Modify for removable. */
4647 space
= removable_space
- new_removed
;
4648 new_removed
= (removable_space
4649 - (((1 << sec
->alignment_power
) - 1) & space
));
4651 return (new_removed
- current_removed
);
4656 adjust_fill_action (text_action
*ta
, int fill_diff
)
4658 ta
->removed_bytes
+= fill_diff
;
4662 /* Add a modification action to the text. For the case of adding or
4663 removing space, modify any current fill and assume that
4664 "unreachable_space" bytes can be freely contracted. Note that a
4665 negative removed value is a fill. */
4668 text_action_add (text_action_list
*l
,
4669 text_action_t action
,
4677 /* It is not necessary to fill at the end of a section. */
4678 if (action
== ta_fill
&& sec
->size
== offset
)
4681 /* It is not necessary to fill 0 bytes. */
4682 if (action
== ta_fill
&& removed
== 0)
4685 for (m_p
= &l
->head
; *m_p
&& (*m_p
)->offset
<= offset
; m_p
= &(*m_p
)->next
)
4687 text_action
*t
= *m_p
;
4688 /* When the action is another fill at the same address,
4689 just increase the size. */
4690 if (t
->offset
== offset
&& t
->action
== ta_fill
&& action
== ta_fill
)
4692 t
->removed_bytes
+= removed
;
4697 /* Create a new record and fill it up. */
4698 ta
= (text_action
*) bfd_zmalloc (sizeof (text_action
));
4699 ta
->action
= action
;
4701 ta
->offset
= offset
;
4702 ta
->removed_bytes
= removed
;
4709 text_action_add_literal (text_action_list
*l
,
4710 text_action_t action
,
4712 const literal_value
*value
,
4717 asection
*sec
= r_reloc_get_section (loc
);
4718 bfd_vma offset
= loc
->target_offset
;
4719 bfd_vma virtual_offset
= loc
->virtual_offset
;
4721 BFD_ASSERT (action
== ta_add_literal
);
4723 for (m_p
= &l
->head
; *m_p
!= NULL
; m_p
= &(*m_p
)->next
)
4725 if ((*m_p
)->offset
> offset
4726 && ((*m_p
)->offset
!= offset
4727 || (*m_p
)->virtual_offset
> virtual_offset
))
4731 /* Create a new record and fill it up. */
4732 ta
= (text_action
*) bfd_zmalloc (sizeof (text_action
));
4733 ta
->action
= action
;
4735 ta
->offset
= offset
;
4736 ta
->virtual_offset
= virtual_offset
;
4738 ta
->removed_bytes
= removed
;
4745 offset_with_removed_text (text_action_list
*action_list
, bfd_vma offset
)
4750 for (r
= action_list
->head
; r
&& r
->offset
<= offset
; r
= r
->next
)
4752 if (r
->offset
< offset
4753 || (r
->action
== ta_fill
&& r
->removed_bytes
< 0))
4754 removed
+= r
->removed_bytes
;
4757 return (offset
- removed
);
4762 offset_with_removed_text_before_fill (text_action_list
*action_list
,
4768 for (r
= action_list
->head
; r
&& r
->offset
< offset
; r
= r
->next
)
4769 removed
+= r
->removed_bytes
;
4771 return (offset
- removed
);
4775 /* The find_insn_action routine will only find non-fill actions. */
4777 static text_action
*
4778 find_insn_action (text_action_list
*action_list
, bfd_vma offset
)
4781 for (t
= action_list
->head
; t
; t
= t
->next
)
4783 if (t
->offset
== offset
)
4790 case ta_remove_insn
:
4791 case ta_remove_longcall
:
4792 case ta_convert_longcall
:
4793 case ta_narrow_insn
:
4796 case ta_remove_literal
:
4797 case ta_add_literal
:
4810 print_action_list (FILE *fp
, text_action_list
*action_list
)
4814 fprintf (fp
, "Text Action\n");
4815 for (r
= action_list
->head
; r
!= NULL
; r
= r
->next
)
4817 const char *t
= "unknown";
4820 case ta_remove_insn
:
4821 t
= "remove_insn"; break;
4822 case ta_remove_longcall
:
4823 t
= "remove_longcall"; break;
4824 case ta_convert_longcall
:
4825 t
= "remove_longcall"; break;
4826 case ta_narrow_insn
:
4827 t
= "narrow_insn"; break;
4829 t
= "widen_insn"; break;
4834 case ta_remove_literal
:
4835 t
= "remove_literal"; break;
4836 case ta_add_literal
:
4837 t
= "add_literal"; break;
4840 fprintf (fp
, "%s: %s[0x%lx] \"%s\" %d\n",
4841 r
->sec
->owner
->filename
,
4842 r
->sec
->name
, r
->offset
, t
, r
->removed_bytes
);
4849 /* Lists of literals being coalesced or removed. */
4851 /* In the usual case, the literal identified by "from" is being
4852 coalesced with another literal identified by "to". If the literal is
4853 unused and is being removed altogether, "to.abfd" will be NULL.
4854 The removed_literal entries are kept on a per-section list, sorted
4855 by the "from" offset field. */
4857 typedef struct removed_literal_struct removed_literal
;
4858 typedef struct removed_literal_list_struct removed_literal_list
;
4860 struct removed_literal_struct
4864 removed_literal
*next
;
4867 struct removed_literal_list_struct
4869 removed_literal
*head
;
4870 removed_literal
*tail
;
4874 /* Record that the literal at "from" is being removed. If "to" is not
4875 NULL, the "from" literal is being coalesced with the "to" literal. */
4878 add_removed_literal (removed_literal_list
*removed_list
,
4879 const r_reloc
*from
,
4882 removed_literal
*r
, *new_r
, *next_r
;
4884 new_r
= (removed_literal
*) bfd_zmalloc (sizeof (removed_literal
));
4886 new_r
->from
= *from
;
4890 new_r
->to
.abfd
= NULL
;
4893 r
= removed_list
->head
;
4896 removed_list
->head
= new_r
;
4897 removed_list
->tail
= new_r
;
4899 /* Special check for common case of append. */
4900 else if (removed_list
->tail
->from
.target_offset
< from
->target_offset
)
4902 removed_list
->tail
->next
= new_r
;
4903 removed_list
->tail
= new_r
;
4907 while (r
->from
.target_offset
< from
->target_offset
&& r
->next
)
4913 new_r
->next
= next_r
;
4915 removed_list
->tail
= new_r
;
4920 /* Check if the list of removed literals contains an entry for the
4921 given address. Return the entry if found. */
4923 static removed_literal
*
4924 find_removed_literal (removed_literal_list
*removed_list
, bfd_vma addr
)
4926 removed_literal
*r
= removed_list
->head
;
4927 while (r
&& r
->from
.target_offset
< addr
)
4929 if (r
&& r
->from
.target_offset
== addr
)
4938 print_removed_literals (FILE *fp
, removed_literal_list
*removed_list
)
4941 r
= removed_list
->head
;
4943 fprintf (fp
, "Removed Literals\n");
4944 for (; r
!= NULL
; r
= r
->next
)
4946 print_r_reloc (fp
, &r
->from
);
4947 fprintf (fp
, " => ");
4948 if (r
->to
.abfd
== NULL
)
4949 fprintf (fp
, "REMOVED");
4951 print_r_reloc (fp
, &r
->to
);
4959 /* Per-section data for relaxation. */
4961 typedef struct reloc_bfd_fix_struct reloc_bfd_fix
;
4963 struct xtensa_relax_info_struct
4965 bfd_boolean is_relaxable_literal_section
;
4966 bfd_boolean is_relaxable_asm_section
;
4967 int visited
; /* Number of times visited. */
4969 source_reloc
*src_relocs
; /* Array[src_count]. */
4971 int src_next
; /* Next src_relocs entry to assign. */
4973 removed_literal_list removed_list
;
4974 text_action_list action_list
;
4976 reloc_bfd_fix
*fix_list
;
4977 reloc_bfd_fix
*fix_array
;
4978 unsigned fix_array_count
;
4980 /* Support for expanding the reloc array that is stored
4981 in the section structure. If the relocations have been
4982 reallocated, the newly allocated relocations will be referenced
4983 here along with the actual size allocated. The relocation
4984 count will always be found in the section structure. */
4985 Elf_Internal_Rela
*allocated_relocs
;
4986 unsigned relocs_count
;
4987 unsigned allocated_relocs_count
;
4990 struct elf_xtensa_section_data
4992 struct bfd_elf_section_data elf
;
4993 xtensa_relax_info relax_info
;
4998 elf_xtensa_new_section_hook (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
5000 struct elf_xtensa_section_data
*sdata
;
5001 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (*sdata
);
5003 sdata
= (struct elf_xtensa_section_data
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
5006 sec
->used_by_bfd
= (void *) sdata
;
5008 return _bfd_elf_new_section_hook (abfd
, sec
);
5012 static xtensa_relax_info
*
5013 get_xtensa_relax_info (asection
*sec
)
5015 struct elf_xtensa_section_data
*section_data
;
5017 /* No info available if no section or if it is an output section. */
5018 if (!sec
|| sec
== sec
->output_section
)
5021 section_data
= (struct elf_xtensa_section_data
*) elf_section_data (sec
);
5022 return §ion_data
->relax_info
;
5027 init_xtensa_relax_info (asection
*sec
)
5029 xtensa_relax_info
*relax_info
= get_xtensa_relax_info (sec
);
5031 relax_info
->is_relaxable_literal_section
= FALSE
;
5032 relax_info
->is_relaxable_asm_section
= FALSE
;
5033 relax_info
->visited
= 0;
5035 relax_info
->src_relocs
= NULL
;
5036 relax_info
->src_count
= 0;
5037 relax_info
->src_next
= 0;
5039 relax_info
->removed_list
.head
= NULL
;
5040 relax_info
->removed_list
.tail
= NULL
;
5042 relax_info
->action_list
.head
= NULL
;
5044 relax_info
->fix_list
= NULL
;
5045 relax_info
->fix_array
= NULL
;
5046 relax_info
->fix_array_count
= 0;
5048 relax_info
->allocated_relocs
= NULL
;
5049 relax_info
->relocs_count
= 0;
5050 relax_info
->allocated_relocs_count
= 0;
5054 /* Coalescing literals may require a relocation to refer to a section in
5055 a different input file, but the standard relocation information
5056 cannot express that. Instead, the reloc_bfd_fix structures are used
5057 to "fix" the relocations that refer to sections in other input files.
5058 These structures are kept on per-section lists. The "src_type" field
5059 records the relocation type in case there are multiple relocations on
5060 the same location. FIXME: This is ugly; an alternative might be to
5061 add new symbols with the "owner" field to some other input file. */
5063 struct reloc_bfd_fix_struct
5067 unsigned src_type
; /* Relocation type. */
5070 asection
*target_sec
;
5071 bfd_vma target_offset
;
5072 bfd_boolean translated
;
5074 reloc_bfd_fix
*next
;
5078 static reloc_bfd_fix
*
5079 reloc_bfd_fix_init (asection
*src_sec
,
5083 asection
*target_sec
,
5084 bfd_vma target_offset
,
5085 bfd_boolean translated
)
5089 fix
= (reloc_bfd_fix
*) bfd_malloc (sizeof (reloc_bfd_fix
));
5090 fix
->src_sec
= src_sec
;
5091 fix
->src_offset
= src_offset
;
5092 fix
->src_type
= src_type
;
5093 fix
->target_abfd
= target_abfd
;
5094 fix
->target_sec
= target_sec
;
5095 fix
->target_offset
= target_offset
;
5096 fix
->translated
= translated
;
5103 add_fix (asection
*src_sec
, reloc_bfd_fix
*fix
)
5105 xtensa_relax_info
*relax_info
;
5107 relax_info
= get_xtensa_relax_info (src_sec
);
5108 fix
->next
= relax_info
->fix_list
;
5109 relax_info
->fix_list
= fix
;
5114 fix_compare (const void *ap
, const void *bp
)
5116 const reloc_bfd_fix
*a
= (const reloc_bfd_fix
*) ap
;
5117 const reloc_bfd_fix
*b
= (const reloc_bfd_fix
*) bp
;
5119 if (a
->src_offset
!= b
->src_offset
)
5120 return (a
->src_offset
- b
->src_offset
);
5121 return (a
->src_type
- b
->src_type
);
5126 cache_fix_array (asection
*sec
)
5128 unsigned i
, count
= 0;
5130 xtensa_relax_info
*relax_info
= get_xtensa_relax_info (sec
);
5132 if (relax_info
== NULL
)
5134 if (relax_info
->fix_list
== NULL
)
5137 for (r
= relax_info
->fix_list
; r
!= NULL
; r
= r
->next
)
5140 relax_info
->fix_array
=
5141 (reloc_bfd_fix
*) bfd_malloc (sizeof (reloc_bfd_fix
) * count
);
5142 relax_info
->fix_array_count
= count
;
5144 r
= relax_info
->fix_list
;
5145 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++, r
= r
->next
)
5147 relax_info
->fix_array
[count
- 1 - i
] = *r
;
5148 relax_info
->fix_array
[count
- 1 - i
].next
= NULL
;
5151 qsort (relax_info
->fix_array
, relax_info
->fix_array_count
,
5152 sizeof (reloc_bfd_fix
), fix_compare
);
5156 static reloc_bfd_fix
*
5157 get_bfd_fix (asection
*sec
, bfd_vma offset
, unsigned type
)
5159 xtensa_relax_info
*relax_info
= get_xtensa_relax_info (sec
);
5163 if (relax_info
== NULL
)
5165 if (relax_info
->fix_list
== NULL
)
5168 if (relax_info
->fix_array
== NULL
)
5169 cache_fix_array (sec
);
5171 key
.src_offset
= offset
;
5172 key
.src_type
= type
;
5173 rv
= bsearch (&key
, relax_info
->fix_array
, relax_info
->fix_array_count
,
5174 sizeof (reloc_bfd_fix
), fix_compare
);
5179 /* Section caching. */
5181 typedef struct section_cache_struct section_cache_t
;
5183 struct section_cache_struct
5187 bfd_byte
*contents
; /* Cache of the section contents. */
5188 bfd_size_type content_length
;
5190 property_table_entry
*ptbl
; /* Cache of the section property table. */
5193 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
; /* Cache of the section relocations. */
5194 unsigned reloc_count
;
5199 init_section_cache (section_cache_t
*sec_cache
)
5201 memset (sec_cache
, 0, sizeof (*sec_cache
));
5206 clear_section_cache (section_cache_t
*sec_cache
)
5210 release_contents (sec_cache
->sec
, sec_cache
->contents
);
5211 release_internal_relocs (sec_cache
->sec
, sec_cache
->relocs
);
5212 if (sec_cache
->ptbl
)
5213 free (sec_cache
->ptbl
);
5214 memset (sec_cache
, 0, sizeof (sec_cache
));
5220 section_cache_section (section_cache_t
*sec_cache
,
5222 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
5225 property_table_entry
*prop_table
= NULL
;
5227 bfd_byte
*contents
= NULL
;
5228 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
= NULL
;
5229 bfd_size_type sec_size
;
5233 if (sec
== sec_cache
->sec
)
5237 sec_size
= bfd_get_section_limit (abfd
, sec
);
5239 /* Get the contents. */
5240 contents
= retrieve_contents (abfd
, sec
, link_info
->keep_memory
);
5241 if (contents
== NULL
&& sec_size
!= 0)
5244 /* Get the relocations. */
5245 internal_relocs
= retrieve_internal_relocs (abfd
, sec
,
5246 link_info
->keep_memory
);
5248 /* Get the entry table. */
5249 ptblsize
= xtensa_read_table_entries (abfd
, sec
, &prop_table
,
5250 XTENSA_PROP_SEC_NAME
, FALSE
);
5254 /* Fill in the new section cache. */
5255 clear_section_cache (sec_cache
);
5256 memset (sec_cache
, 0, sizeof (sec_cache
));
5258 sec_cache
->sec
= sec
;
5259 sec_cache
->contents
= contents
;
5260 sec_cache
->content_length
= sec_size
;
5261 sec_cache
->relocs
= internal_relocs
;
5262 sec_cache
->reloc_count
= sec
->reloc_count
;
5263 sec_cache
->pte_count
= ptblsize
;
5264 sec_cache
->ptbl
= prop_table
;
5269 release_contents (sec
, contents
);
5270 release_internal_relocs (sec
, internal_relocs
);
5277 /* Extended basic blocks. */
5279 /* An ebb_struct represents an Extended Basic Block. Within this
5280 range, we guarantee that all instructions are decodable, the
5281 property table entries are contiguous, and no property table
5282 specifies a segment that cannot have instructions moved. This
5283 structure contains caches of the contents, property table and
5284 relocations for the specified section for easy use. The range is
5285 specified by ranges of indices for the byte offset, property table
5286 offsets and relocation offsets. These must be consistent. */
5288 typedef struct ebb_struct ebb_t
;
5294 bfd_byte
*contents
; /* Cache of the section contents. */
5295 bfd_size_type content_length
;
5297 property_table_entry
*ptbl
; /* Cache of the section property table. */
5300 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
; /* Cache of the section relocations. */
5301 unsigned reloc_count
;
5303 bfd_vma start_offset
; /* Offset in section. */
5304 unsigned start_ptbl_idx
; /* Offset in the property table. */
5305 unsigned start_reloc_idx
; /* Offset in the relocations. */
5308 unsigned end_ptbl_idx
;
5309 unsigned end_reloc_idx
;
5311 bfd_boolean ends_section
; /* Is this the last ebb in a section? */
5313 /* The unreachable property table at the end of this set of blocks;
5314 NULL if the end is not an unreachable block. */
5315 property_table_entry
*ends_unreachable
;
5319 enum ebb_target_enum
5322 EBB_DESIRE_TGT_ALIGN
,
5323 EBB_REQUIRE_TGT_ALIGN
,
5324 EBB_REQUIRE_LOOP_ALIGN
,
5329 /* proposed_action_struct is similar to the text_action_struct except
5330 that is represents a potential transformation, not one that will
5331 occur. We build a list of these for an extended basic block
5332 and use them to compute the actual actions desired. We must be
5333 careful that the entire set of actual actions we perform do not
5334 break any relocations that would fit if the actions were not
5337 typedef struct proposed_action_struct proposed_action
;
5339 struct proposed_action_struct
5341 enum ebb_target_enum align_type
; /* for the target alignment */
5342 bfd_vma alignment_pow
;
5343 text_action_t action
;
5346 bfd_boolean do_action
; /* If false, then we will not perform the action. */
5350 /* The ebb_constraint_struct keeps a set of proposed actions for an
5351 extended basic block. */
5353 typedef struct ebb_constraint_struct ebb_constraint
;
5355 struct ebb_constraint_struct
5358 bfd_boolean start_movable
;
5360 /* Bytes of extra space at the beginning if movable. */
5361 int start_extra_space
;
5363 enum ebb_target_enum start_align
;
5365 bfd_boolean end_movable
;
5367 /* Bytes of extra space at the end if movable. */
5368 int end_extra_space
;
5370 unsigned action_count
;
5371 unsigned action_allocated
;
5373 /* Array of proposed actions. */
5374 proposed_action
*actions
;
5376 /* Action alignments -- one for each proposed action. */
5377 enum ebb_target_enum
*action_aligns
;
5382 init_ebb_constraint (ebb_constraint
*c
)
5384 memset (c
, 0, sizeof (ebb_constraint
));
5389 free_ebb_constraint (ebb_constraint
*c
)
5397 init_ebb (ebb_t
*ebb
,
5400 bfd_size_type content_length
,
5401 property_table_entry
*prop_table
,
5403 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
,
5404 unsigned reloc_count
)
5406 memset (ebb
, 0, sizeof (ebb_t
));
5408 ebb
->contents
= contents
;
5409 ebb
->content_length
= content_length
;
5410 ebb
->ptbl
= prop_table
;
5411 ebb
->pte_count
= ptblsize
;
5412 ebb
->relocs
= internal_relocs
;
5413 ebb
->reloc_count
= reloc_count
;
5414 ebb
->start_offset
= 0;
5415 ebb
->end_offset
= ebb
->content_length
- 1;
5416 ebb
->start_ptbl_idx
= 0;
5417 ebb
->end_ptbl_idx
= ptblsize
;
5418 ebb
->start_reloc_idx
= 0;
5419 ebb
->end_reloc_idx
= reloc_count
;
5423 /* Extend the ebb to all decodable contiguous sections. The algorithm
5424 for building a basic block around an instruction is to push it
5425 forward until we hit the end of a section, an unreachable block or
5426 a block that cannot be transformed. Then we push it backwards
5427 searching for similar conditions. */
5429 static bfd_boolean
extend_ebb_bounds_forward (ebb_t
*);
5430 static bfd_boolean
extend_ebb_bounds_backward (ebb_t
*);
5431 static bfd_size_type insn_block_decodable_len
5432 (bfd_byte
*, bfd_size_type
, bfd_vma
, bfd_size_type
);
5435 extend_ebb_bounds (ebb_t
*ebb
)
5437 if (!extend_ebb_bounds_forward (ebb
))
5439 if (!extend_ebb_bounds_backward (ebb
))
5446 extend_ebb_bounds_forward (ebb_t
*ebb
)
5448 property_table_entry
*the_entry
, *new_entry
;
5450 the_entry
= &ebb
->ptbl
[ebb
->end_ptbl_idx
];
5452 /* Stop when (1) we cannot decode an instruction, (2) we are at
5453 the end of the property tables, (3) we hit a non-contiguous property
5454 table entry, (4) we hit a NO_TRANSFORM region. */
5459 bfd_size_type insn_block_len
;
5461 entry_end
= the_entry
->address
- ebb
->sec
->vma
+ the_entry
->size
;
5463 insn_block_decodable_len (ebb
->contents
, ebb
->content_length
,
5465 entry_end
- ebb
->end_offset
);
5466 if (insn_block_len
!= (entry_end
- ebb
->end_offset
))
5468 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
5469 (_("%B(%A+0x%lx): could not decode instruction; possible configuration mismatch"),
5470 ebb
->sec
->owner
, ebb
->sec
, ebb
->end_offset
+ insn_block_len
);
5473 ebb
->end_offset
+= insn_block_len
;
5475 if (ebb
->end_offset
== ebb
->sec
->size
)
5476 ebb
->ends_section
= TRUE
;
5478 /* Update the reloc counter. */
5479 while (ebb
->end_reloc_idx
+ 1 < ebb
->reloc_count
5480 && (ebb
->relocs
[ebb
->end_reloc_idx
+ 1].r_offset
5483 ebb
->end_reloc_idx
++;
5486 if (ebb
->end_ptbl_idx
+ 1 == ebb
->pte_count
)
5489 new_entry
= &ebb
->ptbl
[ebb
->end_ptbl_idx
+ 1];
5490 if (((new_entry
->flags
& XTENSA_PROP_INSN
) == 0)
5491 || ((new_entry
->flags
& XTENSA_PROP_INSN_NO_TRANSFORM
) != 0)
5492 || ((the_entry
->flags
& XTENSA_PROP_ALIGN
) != 0))
5495 if (the_entry
->address
+ the_entry
->size
!= new_entry
->address
)
5498 the_entry
= new_entry
;
5499 ebb
->end_ptbl_idx
++;
5502 /* Quick check for an unreachable or end of file just at the end. */
5503 if (ebb
->end_ptbl_idx
+ 1 == ebb
->pte_count
)
5505 if (ebb
->end_offset
== ebb
->content_length
)
5506 ebb
->ends_section
= TRUE
;
5510 new_entry
= &ebb
->ptbl
[ebb
->end_ptbl_idx
+ 1];
5511 if ((new_entry
->flags
& XTENSA_PROP_UNREACHABLE
) != 0
5512 && the_entry
->address
+ the_entry
->size
== new_entry
->address
)
5513 ebb
->ends_unreachable
= new_entry
;
5516 /* Any other ending requires exact alignment. */
5522 extend_ebb_bounds_backward (ebb_t
*ebb
)
5524 property_table_entry
*the_entry
, *new_entry
;
5526 the_entry
= &ebb
->ptbl
[ebb
->start_ptbl_idx
];
5528 /* Stop when (1) we cannot decode the instructions in the current entry.
5529 (2) we are at the beginning of the property tables, (3) we hit a
5530 non-contiguous property table entry, (4) we hit a NO_TRANSFORM region. */
5534 bfd_vma block_begin
;
5535 bfd_size_type insn_block_len
;
5537 block_begin
= the_entry
->address
- ebb
->sec
->vma
;
5539 insn_block_decodable_len (ebb
->contents
, ebb
->content_length
,
5541 ebb
->start_offset
- block_begin
);
5542 if (insn_block_len
!= ebb
->start_offset
- block_begin
)
5544 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
5545 (_("%B(%A+0x%lx): could not decode instruction; possible configuration mismatch"),
5546 ebb
->sec
->owner
, ebb
->sec
, ebb
->end_offset
+ insn_block_len
);
5549 ebb
->start_offset
-= insn_block_len
;
5551 /* Update the reloc counter. */
5552 while (ebb
->start_reloc_idx
> 0
5553 && (ebb
->relocs
[ebb
->start_reloc_idx
- 1].r_offset
5554 >= ebb
->start_offset
))
5556 ebb
->start_reloc_idx
--;
5559 if (ebb
->start_ptbl_idx
== 0)
5562 new_entry
= &ebb
->ptbl
[ebb
->start_ptbl_idx
- 1];
5563 if ((new_entry
->flags
& XTENSA_PROP_INSN
) == 0
5564 || ((new_entry
->flags
& XTENSA_PROP_INSN_NO_TRANSFORM
) != 0)
5565 || ((new_entry
->flags
& XTENSA_PROP_ALIGN
) != 0))
5567 if (new_entry
->address
+ new_entry
->size
!= the_entry
->address
)
5570 the_entry
= new_entry
;
5571 ebb
->start_ptbl_idx
--;
5577 static bfd_size_type
5578 insn_block_decodable_len (bfd_byte
*contents
,
5579 bfd_size_type content_len
,
5580 bfd_vma block_offset
,
5581 bfd_size_type block_len
)
5583 bfd_vma offset
= block_offset
;
5585 while (offset
< block_offset
+ block_len
)
5587 bfd_size_type insn_len
= 0;
5589 insn_len
= insn_decode_len (contents
, content_len
, offset
);
5591 return (offset
- block_offset
);
5594 return (offset
- block_offset
);
5599 ebb_propose_action (ebb_constraint
*c
,
5600 enum ebb_target_enum align_type
,
5601 bfd_vma alignment_pow
,
5602 text_action_t action
,
5605 bfd_boolean do_action
)
5607 proposed_action
*act
;
5609 if (c
->action_allocated
<= c
->action_count
)
5611 unsigned new_allocated
, i
;
5612 proposed_action
*new_actions
;
5614 new_allocated
= (c
->action_count
+ 2) * 2;
5615 new_actions
= (proposed_action
*)
5616 bfd_zmalloc (sizeof (proposed_action
) * new_allocated
);
5618 for (i
= 0; i
< c
->action_count
; i
++)
5619 new_actions
[i
] = c
->actions
[i
];
5622 c
->actions
= new_actions
;
5623 c
->action_allocated
= new_allocated
;
5626 act
= &c
->actions
[c
->action_count
];
5627 act
->align_type
= align_type
;
5628 act
->alignment_pow
= alignment_pow
;
5629 act
->action
= action
;
5630 act
->offset
= offset
;
5631 act
->removed_bytes
= removed_bytes
;
5632 act
->do_action
= do_action
;
5638 /* Access to internal relocations, section contents and symbols. */
5640 /* During relaxation, we need to modify relocations, section contents,
5641 and symbol definitions, and we need to keep the original values from
5642 being reloaded from the input files, i.e., we need to "pin" the
5643 modified values in memory. We also want to continue to observe the
5644 setting of the "keep-memory" flag. The following functions wrap the
5645 standard BFD functions to take care of this for us. */
5647 static Elf_Internal_Rela
*
5648 retrieve_internal_relocs (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
, bfd_boolean keep_memory
)
5650 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
;
5652 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) != 0)
5655 internal_relocs
= elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
;
5656 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
)
5657 internal_relocs
= (_bfd_elf_link_read_relocs
5658 (abfd
, sec
, NULL
, NULL
, keep_memory
));
5659 return internal_relocs
;
5664 pin_internal_relocs (asection
*sec
, Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
)
5666 elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
= internal_relocs
;
5671 release_internal_relocs (asection
*sec
, Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
)
5674 && elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= internal_relocs
)
5675 free (internal_relocs
);
5680 retrieve_contents (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
, bfd_boolean keep_memory
)
5683 bfd_size_type sec_size
;
5685 sec_size
= bfd_get_section_limit (abfd
, sec
);
5686 contents
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
;
5688 if (contents
== NULL
&& sec_size
!= 0)
5690 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, sec
, &contents
))
5697 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
= contents
;
5704 pin_contents (asection
*sec
, bfd_byte
*contents
)
5706 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
= contents
;
5711 release_contents (asection
*sec
, bfd_byte
*contents
)
5713 if (contents
&& elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= contents
)
5718 static Elf_Internal_Sym
*
5719 retrieve_local_syms (bfd
*input_bfd
)
5721 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
5722 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
;
5725 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
5726 locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
5728 isymbuf
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) symtab_hdr
->contents
;
5729 if (isymbuf
== NULL
&& locsymcount
!= 0)
5730 isymbuf
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (input_bfd
, symtab_hdr
, locsymcount
, 0,
5733 /* Save the symbols for this input file so they won't be read again. */
5734 if (isymbuf
&& isymbuf
!= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) symtab_hdr
->contents
)
5735 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) isymbuf
;
5741 /* Code for link-time relaxation. */
5743 /* Initialization for relaxation: */
5744 static bfd_boolean
analyze_relocations (struct bfd_link_info
*);
5745 static bfd_boolean find_relaxable_sections
5746 (bfd
*, asection
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, bfd_boolean
*);
5747 static bfd_boolean collect_source_relocs
5748 (bfd
*, asection
*, struct bfd_link_info
*);
5749 static bfd_boolean is_resolvable_asm_expansion
5750 (bfd
*, asection
*, bfd_byte
*, Elf_Internal_Rela
*, struct bfd_link_info
*,
5752 static Elf_Internal_Rela
*find_associated_l32r_irel
5753 (bfd
*, asection
*, bfd_byte
*, Elf_Internal_Rela
*, Elf_Internal_Rela
*);
5754 static bfd_boolean compute_text_actions
5755 (bfd
*, asection
*, struct bfd_link_info
*);
5756 static bfd_boolean
compute_ebb_proposed_actions (ebb_constraint
*);
5757 static bfd_boolean
compute_ebb_actions (ebb_constraint
*);
5758 static bfd_boolean check_section_ebb_pcrels_fit
5759 (bfd
*, asection
*, bfd_byte
*, Elf_Internal_Rela
*, const ebb_constraint
*);
5760 static bfd_boolean
check_section_ebb_reduces (const ebb_constraint
*);
5761 static void text_action_add_proposed
5762 (text_action_list
*, const ebb_constraint
*, asection
*);
5763 static int compute_fill_extra_space (property_table_entry
*);
5766 static bfd_boolean compute_removed_literals
5767 (bfd
*, asection
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, value_map_hash_table
*);
5768 static Elf_Internal_Rela
*get_irel_at_offset
5769 (asection
*, Elf_Internal_Rela
*, bfd_vma
);
5770 static bfd_boolean is_removable_literal
5771 (const source_reloc
*, int, const source_reloc
*, int);
5772 static bfd_boolean remove_dead_literal
5773 (bfd
*, asection
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, Elf_Internal_Rela
*,
5774 Elf_Internal_Rela
*, source_reloc
*, property_table_entry
*, int);
5775 static bfd_boolean identify_literal_placement
5776 (bfd
*, asection
*, bfd_byte
*, struct bfd_link_info
*,
5777 value_map_hash_table
*, bfd_boolean
*, Elf_Internal_Rela
*, int,
5778 source_reloc
*, property_table_entry
*, int, section_cache_t
*,
5780 static bfd_boolean
relocations_reach (source_reloc
*, int, const r_reloc
*);
5781 static bfd_boolean coalesce_shared_literal
5782 (asection
*, source_reloc
*, property_table_entry
*, int, value_map
*);
5783 static bfd_boolean move_shared_literal
5784 (asection
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, source_reloc
*, property_table_entry
*,
5785 int, const r_reloc
*, const literal_value
*, section_cache_t
*);
5788 static bfd_boolean
relax_section (bfd
*, asection
*, struct bfd_link_info
*);
5789 static bfd_boolean
translate_section_fixes (asection
*);
5790 static bfd_boolean
translate_reloc_bfd_fix (reloc_bfd_fix
*);
5791 static void translate_reloc (const r_reloc
*, r_reloc
*);
5792 static void shrink_dynamic_reloc_sections
5793 (struct bfd_link_info
*, bfd
*, asection
*, Elf_Internal_Rela
*);
5794 static bfd_boolean move_literal
5795 (bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, asection
*, bfd_vma
, bfd_byte
*,
5796 xtensa_relax_info
*, Elf_Internal_Rela
**, const literal_value
*);
5797 static bfd_boolean relax_property_section
5798 (bfd
*, asection
*, struct bfd_link_info
*);
5801 static bfd_boolean
relax_section_symbols (bfd
*, asection
*);
5805 elf_xtensa_relax_section (bfd
*abfd
,
5807 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
,
5810 static value_map_hash_table
*values
= NULL
;
5811 static bfd_boolean relocations_analyzed
= FALSE
;
5812 xtensa_relax_info
*relax_info
;
5814 if (!relocations_analyzed
)
5816 /* Do some overall initialization for relaxation. */
5817 values
= value_map_hash_table_init ();
5820 relaxing_section
= TRUE
;
5821 if (!analyze_relocations (link_info
))
5823 relocations_analyzed
= TRUE
;
5827 /* Don't mess with linker-created sections. */
5828 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) != 0)
5831 relax_info
= get_xtensa_relax_info (sec
);
5832 BFD_ASSERT (relax_info
!= NULL
);
5834 switch (relax_info
->visited
)
5837 /* Note: It would be nice to fold this pass into
5838 analyze_relocations, but it is important for this step that the
5839 sections be examined in link order. */
5840 if (!compute_removed_literals (abfd
, sec
, link_info
, values
))
5847 value_map_hash_table_delete (values
);
5849 if (!relax_section (abfd
, sec
, link_info
))
5855 if (!relax_section_symbols (abfd
, sec
))
5860 relax_info
->visited
++;
5865 /* Initialization for relaxation. */
5867 /* This function is called once at the start of relaxation. It scans
5868 all the input sections and marks the ones that are relaxable (i.e.,
5869 literal sections with L32R relocations against them), and then
5870 collects source_reloc information for all the relocations against
5871 those relaxable sections. During this process, it also detects
5872 longcalls, i.e., calls relaxed by the assembler into indirect
5873 calls, that can be optimized back into direct calls. Within each
5874 extended basic block (ebb) containing an optimized longcall, it
5875 computes a set of "text actions" that can be performed to remove
5876 the L32R associated with the longcall while optionally preserving
5877 branch target alignments. */
5880 analyze_relocations (struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
5884 bfd_boolean is_relaxable
= FALSE
;
5886 /* Initialize the per-section relaxation info. */
5887 for (abfd
= link_info
->input_bfds
; abfd
!= NULL
; abfd
= abfd
->link_next
)
5888 for (sec
= abfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
5890 init_xtensa_relax_info (sec
);
5893 /* Mark relaxable sections (and count relocations against each one). */
5894 for (abfd
= link_info
->input_bfds
; abfd
!= NULL
; abfd
= abfd
->link_next
)
5895 for (sec
= abfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
5897 if (!find_relaxable_sections (abfd
, sec
, link_info
, &is_relaxable
))
5901 /* Bail out if there are no relaxable sections. */
5905 /* Allocate space for source_relocs. */
5906 for (abfd
= link_info
->input_bfds
; abfd
!= NULL
; abfd
= abfd
->link_next
)
5907 for (sec
= abfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
5909 xtensa_relax_info
*relax_info
;
5911 relax_info
= get_xtensa_relax_info (sec
);
5912 if (relax_info
->is_relaxable_literal_section
5913 || relax_info
->is_relaxable_asm_section
)
5915 relax_info
->src_relocs
= (source_reloc
*)
5916 bfd_malloc (relax_info
->src_count
* sizeof (source_reloc
));
5920 /* Collect info on relocations against each relaxable section. */
5921 for (abfd
= link_info
->input_bfds
; abfd
!= NULL
; abfd
= abfd
->link_next
)
5922 for (sec
= abfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
5924 if (!collect_source_relocs (abfd
, sec
, link_info
))
5928 /* Compute the text actions. */
5929 for (abfd
= link_info
->input_bfds
; abfd
!= NULL
; abfd
= abfd
->link_next
)
5930 for (sec
= abfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
5932 if (!compute_text_actions (abfd
, sec
, link_info
))
5940 /* Find all the sections that might be relaxed. The motivation for
5941 this pass is that collect_source_relocs() needs to record _all_ the
5942 relocations that target each relaxable section. That is expensive
5943 and unnecessary unless the target section is actually going to be
5944 relaxed. This pass identifies all such sections by checking if
5945 they have L32Rs pointing to them. In the process, the total number
5946 of relocations targeting each section is also counted so that we
5947 know how much space to allocate for source_relocs against each
5948 relaxable literal section. */
5951 find_relaxable_sections (bfd
*abfd
,
5953 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
,
5954 bfd_boolean
*is_relaxable_p
)
5956 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
;
5958 bfd_boolean ok
= TRUE
;
5960 xtensa_relax_info
*source_relax_info
;
5962 internal_relocs
= retrieve_internal_relocs (abfd
, sec
,
5963 link_info
->keep_memory
);
5964 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
)
5967 contents
= retrieve_contents (abfd
, sec
, link_info
->keep_memory
);
5968 if (contents
== NULL
&& sec
->size
!= 0)
5974 source_relax_info
= get_xtensa_relax_info (sec
);
5975 for (i
= 0; i
< sec
->reloc_count
; i
++)
5977 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irel
= &internal_relocs
[i
];
5979 asection
*target_sec
;
5980 xtensa_relax_info
*target_relax_info
;
5982 /* If this section has not already been marked as "relaxable", and
5983 if it contains any ASM_EXPAND relocations (marking expanded
5984 longcalls) that can be optimized into direct calls, then mark
5985 the section as "relaxable". */
5986 if (source_relax_info
5987 && !source_relax_info
->is_relaxable_asm_section
5988 && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
->r_info
) == R_XTENSA_ASM_EXPAND
)
5990 bfd_boolean is_reachable
= FALSE
;
5991 if (is_resolvable_asm_expansion (abfd
, sec
, contents
, irel
,
5992 link_info
, &is_reachable
)
5995 source_relax_info
->is_relaxable_asm_section
= TRUE
;
5996 *is_relaxable_p
= TRUE
;
6000 r_reloc_init (&r_rel
, abfd
, irel
, contents
,
6001 bfd_get_section_limit (abfd
, sec
));
6003 target_sec
= r_reloc_get_section (&r_rel
);
6004 target_relax_info
= get_xtensa_relax_info (target_sec
);
6005 if (!target_relax_info
)
6008 /* Count PC-relative operand relocations against the target section.
6009 Note: The conditions tested here must match the conditions under
6010 which init_source_reloc is called in collect_source_relocs(). */
6011 if (is_operand_relocation (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
->r_info
))
6012 && (!is_alt_relocation (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
->r_info
))
6013 || is_l32r_relocation (abfd
, sec
, contents
, irel
)))
6014 target_relax_info
->src_count
++;
6016 if (is_l32r_relocation (abfd
, sec
, contents
, irel
)
6017 && r_reloc_is_defined (&r_rel
))
6019 /* Mark the target section as relaxable. */
6020 target_relax_info
->is_relaxable_literal_section
= TRUE
;
6021 *is_relaxable_p
= TRUE
;
6026 release_contents (sec
, contents
);
6027 release_internal_relocs (sec
, internal_relocs
);
6032 /* Record _all_ the relocations that point to relaxable sections, and
6033 get rid of ASM_EXPAND relocs by either converting them to
6034 ASM_SIMPLIFY or by removing them. */
6037 collect_source_relocs (bfd
*abfd
,
6039 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
6041 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
;
6043 bfd_boolean ok
= TRUE
;
6045 bfd_size_type sec_size
;
6047 internal_relocs
= retrieve_internal_relocs (abfd
, sec
,
6048 link_info
->keep_memory
);
6049 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
)
6052 sec_size
= bfd_get_section_limit (abfd
, sec
);
6053 contents
= retrieve_contents (abfd
, sec
, link_info
->keep_memory
);
6054 if (contents
== NULL
&& sec_size
!= 0)
6060 /* Record relocations against relaxable literal sections. */
6061 for (i
= 0; i
< sec
->reloc_count
; i
++)
6063 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irel
= &internal_relocs
[i
];
6065 asection
*target_sec
;
6066 xtensa_relax_info
*target_relax_info
;
6068 r_reloc_init (&r_rel
, abfd
, irel
, contents
, sec_size
);
6070 target_sec
= r_reloc_get_section (&r_rel
);
6071 target_relax_info
= get_xtensa_relax_info (target_sec
);
6073 if (target_relax_info
6074 && (target_relax_info
->is_relaxable_literal_section
6075 || target_relax_info
->is_relaxable_asm_section
))
6077 xtensa_opcode opcode
= XTENSA_UNDEFINED
;
6079 bfd_boolean is_abs_literal
= FALSE
;
6081 if (is_alt_relocation (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
->r_info
)))
6083 /* None of the current alternate relocs are PC-relative,
6084 and only PC-relative relocs matter here. However, we
6085 still need to record the opcode for literal
6087 opcode
= get_relocation_opcode (abfd
, sec
, contents
, irel
);
6088 if (opcode
== get_l32r_opcode ())
6090 is_abs_literal
= TRUE
;
6094 opcode
= XTENSA_UNDEFINED
;
6096 else if (is_operand_relocation (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
->r_info
)))
6098 opcode
= get_relocation_opcode (abfd
, sec
, contents
, irel
);
6099 opnd
= get_relocation_opnd (opcode
, ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
->r_info
));
6102 if (opcode
!= XTENSA_UNDEFINED
)
6104 int src_next
= target_relax_info
->src_next
++;
6105 source_reloc
*s_reloc
= &target_relax_info
->src_relocs
[src_next
];
6107 init_source_reloc (s_reloc
, sec
, &r_rel
, opcode
, opnd
,
6113 /* Now get rid of ASM_EXPAND relocations. At this point, the
6114 src_relocs array for the target literal section may still be
6115 incomplete, but it must at least contain the entries for the L32R
6116 relocations associated with ASM_EXPANDs because they were just
6117 added in the preceding loop over the relocations. */
6119 for (i
= 0; i
< sec
->reloc_count
; i
++)
6121 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irel
= &internal_relocs
[i
];
6122 bfd_boolean is_reachable
;
6124 if (!is_resolvable_asm_expansion (abfd
, sec
, contents
, irel
, link_info
,
6130 Elf_Internal_Rela
*l32r_irel
;
6132 asection
*target_sec
;
6133 xtensa_relax_info
*target_relax_info
;
6135 /* Mark the source_reloc for the L32R so that it will be
6136 removed in compute_removed_literals(), along with the
6137 associated literal. */
6138 l32r_irel
= find_associated_l32r_irel (abfd
, sec
, contents
,
6139 irel
, internal_relocs
);
6140 if (l32r_irel
== NULL
)
6143 r_reloc_init (&r_rel
, abfd
, l32r_irel
, contents
, sec_size
);
6145 target_sec
= r_reloc_get_section (&r_rel
);
6146 target_relax_info
= get_xtensa_relax_info (target_sec
);
6148 if (target_relax_info
6149 && (target_relax_info
->is_relaxable_literal_section
6150 || target_relax_info
->is_relaxable_asm_section
))
6152 source_reloc
*s_reloc
;
6154 /* Search the source_relocs for the entry corresponding to
6155 the l32r_irel. Note: The src_relocs array is not yet
6156 sorted, but it wouldn't matter anyway because we're
6157 searching by source offset instead of target offset. */
6158 s_reloc
= find_source_reloc (target_relax_info
->src_relocs
,
6159 target_relax_info
->src_next
,
6161 BFD_ASSERT (s_reloc
);
6162 s_reloc
->is_null
= TRUE
;
6165 /* Convert this reloc to ASM_SIMPLIFY. */
6166 irel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (ELF32_R_SYM (irel
->r_info
),
6167 R_XTENSA_ASM_SIMPLIFY
);
6168 l32r_irel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_XTENSA_NONE
);
6170 pin_internal_relocs (sec
, internal_relocs
);
6174 /* It is resolvable but doesn't reach. We resolve now
6175 by eliminating the relocation -- the call will remain
6176 expanded into L32R/CALLX. */
6177 irel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_XTENSA_NONE
);
6178 pin_internal_relocs (sec
, internal_relocs
);
6183 release_contents (sec
, contents
);
6184 release_internal_relocs (sec
, internal_relocs
);
6189 /* Return TRUE if the asm expansion can be resolved. Generally it can
6190 be resolved on a final link or when a partial link locates it in the
6191 same section as the target. Set "is_reachable" flag if the target of
6192 the call is within the range of a direct call, given the current VMA
6193 for this section and the target section. */
6196 is_resolvable_asm_expansion (bfd
*abfd
,
6199 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irel
,
6200 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
,
6201 bfd_boolean
*is_reachable_p
)
6203 asection
*target_sec
;
6204 bfd_vma target_offset
;
6206 xtensa_opcode opcode
, direct_call_opcode
;
6207 bfd_vma self_address
;
6208 bfd_vma dest_address
;
6209 bfd_boolean uses_l32r
;
6210 bfd_size_type sec_size
;
6212 *is_reachable_p
= FALSE
;
6214 if (contents
== NULL
)
6217 if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
->r_info
) != R_XTENSA_ASM_EXPAND
)
6220 sec_size
= bfd_get_section_limit (abfd
, sec
);
6221 opcode
= get_expanded_call_opcode (contents
+ irel
->r_offset
,
6222 sec_size
- irel
->r_offset
, &uses_l32r
);
6223 /* Optimization of longcalls that use CONST16 is not yet implemented. */
6227 direct_call_opcode
= swap_callx_for_call_opcode (opcode
);
6228 if (direct_call_opcode
== XTENSA_UNDEFINED
)
6231 /* Check and see that the target resolves. */
6232 r_reloc_init (&r_rel
, abfd
, irel
, contents
, sec_size
);
6233 if (!r_reloc_is_defined (&r_rel
))
6236 target_sec
= r_reloc_get_section (&r_rel
);
6237 target_offset
= r_rel
.target_offset
;
6239 /* If the target is in a shared library, then it doesn't reach. This
6240 isn't supposed to come up because the compiler should never generate
6241 non-PIC calls on systems that use shared libraries, but the linker
6242 shouldn't crash regardless. */
6243 if (!target_sec
->output_section
)
6246 /* For relocatable sections, we can only simplify when the output
6247 section of the target is the same as the output section of the
6249 if (link_info
->relocatable
6250 && (target_sec
->output_section
!= sec
->output_section
6251 || is_reloc_sym_weak (abfd
, irel
)))
6254 self_address
= (sec
->output_section
->vma
6255 + sec
->output_offset
+ irel
->r_offset
+ 3);
6256 dest_address
= (target_sec
->output_section
->vma
6257 + target_sec
->output_offset
+ target_offset
);
6259 *is_reachable_p
= pcrel_reloc_fits (direct_call_opcode
, 0,
6260 self_address
, dest_address
);
6262 if ((self_address
>> CALL_SEGMENT_BITS
) !=
6263 (dest_address
>> CALL_SEGMENT_BITS
))
6270 static Elf_Internal_Rela
*
6271 find_associated_l32r_irel (bfd
*abfd
,
6274 Elf_Internal_Rela
*other_irel
,
6275 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
)
6279 for (i
= 0; i
< sec
->reloc_count
; i
++)
6281 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irel
= &internal_relocs
[i
];
6283 if (irel
== other_irel
)
6285 if (irel
->r_offset
!= other_irel
->r_offset
)
6287 if (is_l32r_relocation (abfd
, sec
, contents
, irel
))
6295 /* The compute_text_actions function will build a list of potential
6296 transformation actions for code in the extended basic block of each
6297 longcall that is optimized to a direct call. From this list we
6298 generate a set of actions to actually perform that optimizes for
6299 space and, if not using size_opt, maintains branch target
6302 These actions to be performed are placed on a per-section list.
6303 The actual changes are performed by relax_section() in the second
6307 compute_text_actions (bfd
*abfd
,
6309 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
6311 xtensa_relax_info
*relax_info
;
6313 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
;
6314 bfd_boolean ok
= TRUE
;
6316 property_table_entry
*prop_table
= 0;
6318 bfd_size_type sec_size
;
6319 static bfd_boolean no_insn_move
= FALSE
;
6324 /* Do nothing if the section contains no optimized longcalls. */
6325 relax_info
= get_xtensa_relax_info (sec
);
6326 BFD_ASSERT (relax_info
);
6327 if (!relax_info
->is_relaxable_asm_section
)
6330 internal_relocs
= retrieve_internal_relocs (abfd
, sec
,
6331 link_info
->keep_memory
);
6333 if (internal_relocs
)
6334 qsort (internal_relocs
, sec
->reloc_count
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Rela
),
6335 internal_reloc_compare
);
6337 sec_size
= bfd_get_section_limit (abfd
, sec
);
6338 contents
= retrieve_contents (abfd
, sec
, link_info
->keep_memory
);
6339 if (contents
== NULL
&& sec_size
!= 0)
6345 ptblsize
= xtensa_read_table_entries (abfd
, sec
, &prop_table
,
6346 XTENSA_PROP_SEC_NAME
, FALSE
);
6353 for (i
= 0; i
< sec
->reloc_count
; i
++)
6355 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irel
= &internal_relocs
[i
];
6357 property_table_entry
*the_entry
;
6360 ebb_constraint ebb_table
;
6361 bfd_size_type simplify_size
;
6363 if (irel
&& ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
->r_info
) != R_XTENSA_ASM_SIMPLIFY
)
6365 r_offset
= irel
->r_offset
;
6367 simplify_size
= get_asm_simplify_size (contents
, sec_size
, r_offset
);
6368 if (simplify_size
== 0)
6370 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
6371 (_("%B(%A+0x%lx): could not decode instruction for XTENSA_ASM_SIMPLIFY relocation; possible configuration mismatch"),
6372 sec
->owner
, sec
, r_offset
);
6376 /* If the instruction table is not around, then don't do this
6378 the_entry
= elf_xtensa_find_property_entry (prop_table
, ptblsize
,
6379 sec
->vma
+ irel
->r_offset
);
6380 if (the_entry
== NULL
|| XTENSA_NO_NOP_REMOVAL
)
6382 text_action_add (&relax_info
->action_list
,
6383 ta_convert_longcall
, sec
, r_offset
,
6388 /* If the next longcall happens to be at the same address as an
6389 unreachable section of size 0, then skip forward. */
6390 ptbl_idx
= the_entry
- prop_table
;
6391 while ((the_entry
->flags
& XTENSA_PROP_UNREACHABLE
)
6392 && the_entry
->size
== 0
6393 && ptbl_idx
+ 1 < ptblsize
6394 && (prop_table
[ptbl_idx
+ 1].address
6395 == prop_table
[ptbl_idx
].address
))
6401 if (the_entry
->flags
& XTENSA_PROP_INSN_NO_TRANSFORM
)
6402 /* NO_REORDER is OK */
6405 init_ebb_constraint (&ebb_table
);
6406 ebb
= &ebb_table
.ebb
;
6407 init_ebb (ebb
, sec
, contents
, sec_size
, prop_table
, ptblsize
,
6408 internal_relocs
, sec
->reloc_count
);
6409 ebb
->start_offset
= r_offset
+ simplify_size
;
6410 ebb
->end_offset
= r_offset
+ simplify_size
;
6411 ebb
->start_ptbl_idx
= ptbl_idx
;
6412 ebb
->end_ptbl_idx
= ptbl_idx
;
6413 ebb
->start_reloc_idx
= i
;
6414 ebb
->end_reloc_idx
= i
;
6416 if (!extend_ebb_bounds (ebb
)
6417 || !compute_ebb_proposed_actions (&ebb_table
)
6418 || !compute_ebb_actions (&ebb_table
)
6419 || !check_section_ebb_pcrels_fit (abfd
, sec
, contents
,
6420 internal_relocs
, &ebb_table
)
6421 || !check_section_ebb_reduces (&ebb_table
))
6423 /* If anything goes wrong or we get unlucky and something does
6424 not fit, with our plan because of expansion between
6425 critical branches, just convert to a NOP. */
6427 text_action_add (&relax_info
->action_list
,
6428 ta_convert_longcall
, sec
, r_offset
, 0);
6429 i
= ebb_table
.ebb
.end_reloc_idx
;
6430 free_ebb_constraint (&ebb_table
);
6434 text_action_add_proposed (&relax_info
->action_list
, &ebb_table
, sec
);
6436 /* Update the index so we do not go looking at the relocations
6437 we have already processed. */
6438 i
= ebb_table
.ebb
.end_reloc_idx
;
6439 free_ebb_constraint (&ebb_table
);
6443 if (relax_info
->action_list
.head
)
6444 print_action_list (stderr
, &relax_info
->action_list
);
6448 release_contents (sec
, contents
);
6449 release_internal_relocs (sec
, internal_relocs
);
6457 /* Find all of the possible actions for an extended basic block. */
6460 compute_ebb_proposed_actions (ebb_constraint
*ebb_table
)
6462 const ebb_t
*ebb
= &ebb_table
->ebb
;
6463 unsigned rel_idx
= ebb
->start_reloc_idx
;
6464 property_table_entry
*entry
, *start_entry
, *end_entry
;
6466 start_entry
= &ebb
->ptbl
[ebb
->start_ptbl_idx
];
6467 end_entry
= &ebb
->ptbl
[ebb
->end_ptbl_idx
];
6469 for (entry
= start_entry
; entry
<= end_entry
; entry
++)
6471 bfd_vma offset
, start_offset
, end_offset
;
6472 bfd_size_type insn_len
;
6474 start_offset
= entry
->address
- ebb
->sec
->vma
;
6475 end_offset
= entry
->address
+ entry
->size
- ebb
->sec
->vma
;
6477 if (entry
== start_entry
)
6478 start_offset
= ebb
->start_offset
;
6479 if (entry
== end_entry
)
6480 end_offset
= ebb
->end_offset
;
6481 offset
= start_offset
;
6483 if (offset
== entry
->address
- ebb
->sec
->vma
6484 && (entry
->flags
& XTENSA_PROP_INSN_BRANCH_TARGET
) != 0)
6486 enum ebb_target_enum align_type
= EBB_DESIRE_TGT_ALIGN
;
6487 BFD_ASSERT (offset
!= end_offset
);
6488 if (offset
== end_offset
)
6491 insn_len
= insn_decode_len (ebb
->contents
, ebb
->content_length
,
6494 /* Propose no actions for a section with an undecodable offset. */
6497 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
6498 (_("%B(%A+0x%lx): could not decode instruction; possible configuration mismatch"),
6499 ebb
->sec
->owner
, ebb
->sec
, offset
);
6502 if (check_branch_target_aligned_address (offset
, insn_len
))
6503 align_type
= EBB_REQUIRE_TGT_ALIGN
;
6505 ebb_propose_action (ebb_table
, align_type
, 0,
6506 ta_none
, offset
, 0, TRUE
);
6509 while (offset
!= end_offset
)
6511 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irel
;
6512 xtensa_opcode opcode
;
6514 while (rel_idx
< ebb
->end_reloc_idx
6515 && (ebb
->relocs
[rel_idx
].r_offset
< offset
6516 || (ebb
->relocs
[rel_idx
].r_offset
== offset
6517 && (ELF32_R_TYPE (ebb
->relocs
[rel_idx
].r_info
)
6518 != R_XTENSA_ASM_SIMPLIFY
))))
6521 /* Check for longcall. */
6522 irel
= &ebb
->relocs
[rel_idx
];
6523 if (irel
->r_offset
== offset
6524 && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
->r_info
) == R_XTENSA_ASM_SIMPLIFY
)
6526 bfd_size_type simplify_size
;
6528 simplify_size
= get_asm_simplify_size (ebb
->contents
,
6529 ebb
->content_length
,
6531 if (simplify_size
== 0)
6533 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
6534 (_("%B(%A+0x%lx): could not decode instruction for XTENSA_ASM_SIMPLIFY relocation; possible configuration mismatch"),
6535 ebb
->sec
->owner
, ebb
->sec
, offset
);
6539 ebb_propose_action (ebb_table
, EBB_NO_ALIGN
, 0,
6540 ta_convert_longcall
, offset
, 0, TRUE
);
6542 offset
+= simplify_size
;
6546 insn_len
= insn_decode_len (ebb
->contents
, ebb
->content_length
,
6548 /* If the instruction is undecodable, then report an error. */
6551 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
6552 (_("%B(%A+0x%lx): could not decode instruction; possible configuration mismatch"),
6553 ebb
->sec
->owner
, ebb
->sec
, offset
);
6557 if ((entry
->flags
& XTENSA_PROP_INSN_NO_DENSITY
) == 0
6558 && (entry
->flags
& XTENSA_PROP_INSN_NO_TRANSFORM
) == 0
6559 && narrow_instruction (ebb
->contents
, ebb
->content_length
,
6562 /* Add an instruction narrow action. */
6563 ebb_propose_action (ebb_table
, EBB_NO_ALIGN
, 0,
6564 ta_narrow_insn
, offset
, 0, FALSE
);
6568 if ((entry
->flags
& XTENSA_PROP_INSN_NO_TRANSFORM
) == 0
6569 && widen_instruction (ebb
->contents
, ebb
->content_length
,
6572 /* Add an instruction widen action. */
6573 ebb_propose_action (ebb_table
, EBB_NO_ALIGN
, 0,
6574 ta_widen_insn
, offset
, 0, FALSE
);
6578 opcode
= insn_decode_opcode (ebb
->contents
, ebb
->content_length
,
6580 if (xtensa_opcode_is_loop (xtensa_default_isa
, opcode
))
6582 /* Check for branch targets. */
6583 ebb_propose_action (ebb_table
, EBB_REQUIRE_LOOP_ALIGN
, 0,
6584 ta_none
, offset
, 0, TRUE
);
6593 if (ebb
->ends_unreachable
)
6595 ebb_propose_action (ebb_table
, EBB_NO_ALIGN
, 0,
6596 ta_fill
, ebb
->end_offset
, 0, TRUE
);
6603 /* After all of the information has collected about the
6604 transformations possible in an EBB, compute the appropriate actions
6605 here in compute_ebb_actions. We still must check later to make
6606 sure that the actions do not break any relocations. The algorithm
6607 used here is pretty greedy. Basically, it removes as many no-ops
6608 as possible so that the end of the EBB has the same alignment
6609 characteristics as the original. First, it uses narrowing, then
6610 fill space at the end of the EBB, and finally widenings. If that
6611 does not work, it tries again with one fewer no-op removed. The
6612 optimization will only be performed if all of the branch targets
6613 that were aligned before transformation are also aligned after the
6616 When the size_opt flag is set, ignore the branch target alignments,
6617 narrow all wide instructions, and remove all no-ops unless the end
6618 of the EBB prevents it. */
6621 compute_ebb_actions (ebb_constraint
*ebb_table
)
6625 int removed_bytes
= 0;
6626 ebb_t
*ebb
= &ebb_table
->ebb
;
6627 unsigned seg_idx_start
= 0;
6628 unsigned seg_idx_end
= 0;
6630 /* We perform this like the assembler relaxation algorithm: Start by
6631 assuming all instructions are narrow and all no-ops removed; then
6634 /* For each segment of this that has a solid constraint, check to
6635 see if there are any combinations that will keep the constraint.
6637 for (seg_idx_end
= 0; seg_idx_end
< ebb_table
->action_count
; seg_idx_end
++)
6639 bfd_boolean requires_text_end_align
= FALSE
;
6640 unsigned longcall_count
= 0;
6641 unsigned longcall_convert_count
= 0;
6642 unsigned narrowable_count
= 0;
6643 unsigned narrowable_convert_count
= 0;
6644 unsigned widenable_count
= 0;
6645 unsigned widenable_convert_count
= 0;
6647 proposed_action
*action
= NULL
;
6648 int align
= (1 << ebb_table
->ebb
.sec
->alignment_power
);
6650 seg_idx_start
= seg_idx_end
;
6652 for (i
= seg_idx_start
; i
< ebb_table
->action_count
; i
++)
6654 action
= &ebb_table
->actions
[i
];
6655 if (action
->action
== ta_convert_longcall
)
6657 if (action
->action
== ta_narrow_insn
)
6659 if (action
->action
== ta_widen_insn
)
6661 if (action
->action
== ta_fill
)
6663 if (action
->align_type
== EBB_REQUIRE_LOOP_ALIGN
)
6665 if (action
->align_type
== EBB_REQUIRE_TGT_ALIGN
6666 && !elf32xtensa_size_opt
)
6671 if (seg_idx_end
== ebb_table
->action_count
&& !ebb
->ends_unreachable
)
6672 requires_text_end_align
= TRUE
;
6674 if (elf32xtensa_size_opt
&& !requires_text_end_align
6675 && action
->align_type
!= EBB_REQUIRE_LOOP_ALIGN
6676 && action
->align_type
!= EBB_REQUIRE_TGT_ALIGN
)
6678 longcall_convert_count
= longcall_count
;
6679 narrowable_convert_count
= narrowable_count
;
6680 widenable_convert_count
= 0;
6684 /* There is a constraint. Convert the max number of longcalls. */
6685 narrowable_convert_count
= 0;
6686 longcall_convert_count
= 0;
6687 widenable_convert_count
= 0;
6689 for (j
= 0; j
< longcall_count
; j
++)
6691 int removed
= (longcall_count
- j
) * 3 & (align
- 1);
6692 unsigned desire_narrow
= (align
- removed
) & (align
- 1);
6693 unsigned desire_widen
= removed
;
6694 if (desire_narrow
<= narrowable_count
)
6696 narrowable_convert_count
= desire_narrow
;
6697 narrowable_convert_count
+=
6698 (align
* ((narrowable_count
- narrowable_convert_count
)
6700 longcall_convert_count
= (longcall_count
- j
);
6701 widenable_convert_count
= 0;
6704 if (desire_widen
<= widenable_count
&& !elf32xtensa_size_opt
)
6706 narrowable_convert_count
= 0;
6707 longcall_convert_count
= longcall_count
- j
;
6708 widenable_convert_count
= desire_widen
;
6714 /* Now the number of conversions are saved. Do them. */
6715 for (i
= seg_idx_start
; i
< seg_idx_end
; i
++)
6717 action
= &ebb_table
->actions
[i
];
6718 switch (action
->action
)
6720 case ta_convert_longcall
:
6721 if (longcall_convert_count
!= 0)
6723 action
->action
= ta_remove_longcall
;
6724 action
->do_action
= TRUE
;
6725 action
->removed_bytes
+= 3;
6726 longcall_convert_count
--;
6729 case ta_narrow_insn
:
6730 if (narrowable_convert_count
!= 0)
6732 action
->do_action
= TRUE
;
6733 action
->removed_bytes
+= 1;
6734 narrowable_convert_count
--;
6738 if (widenable_convert_count
!= 0)
6740 action
->do_action
= TRUE
;
6741 action
->removed_bytes
-= 1;
6742 widenable_convert_count
--;
6751 /* Now we move on to some local opts. Try to remove each of the
6752 remaining longcalls. */
6754 if (ebb_table
->ebb
.ends_section
|| ebb_table
->ebb
.ends_unreachable
)
6757 for (i
= 0; i
< ebb_table
->action_count
; i
++)
6759 int old_removed_bytes
= removed_bytes
;
6760 proposed_action
*action
= &ebb_table
->actions
[i
];
6762 if (action
->do_action
&& action
->action
== ta_convert_longcall
)
6764 bfd_boolean bad_alignment
= FALSE
;
6766 for (j
= i
+ 1; j
< ebb_table
->action_count
; j
++)
6768 proposed_action
*new_action
= &ebb_table
->actions
[j
];
6769 bfd_vma offset
= new_action
->offset
;
6770 if (new_action
->align_type
== EBB_REQUIRE_TGT_ALIGN
)
6772 if (!check_branch_target_aligned
6773 (ebb_table
->ebb
.contents
,
6774 ebb_table
->ebb
.content_length
,
6775 offset
, offset
- removed_bytes
))
6777 bad_alignment
= TRUE
;
6781 if (new_action
->align_type
== EBB_REQUIRE_LOOP_ALIGN
)
6783 if (!check_loop_aligned (ebb_table
->ebb
.contents
,
6784 ebb_table
->ebb
.content_length
,
6786 offset
- removed_bytes
))
6788 bad_alignment
= TRUE
;
6792 if (new_action
->action
== ta_narrow_insn
6793 && !new_action
->do_action
6794 && ebb_table
->ebb
.sec
->alignment_power
== 2)
6796 /* Narrow an instruction and we are done. */
6797 new_action
->do_action
= TRUE
;
6798 new_action
->removed_bytes
+= 1;
6799 bad_alignment
= FALSE
;
6802 if (new_action
->action
== ta_widen_insn
6803 && new_action
->do_action
6804 && ebb_table
->ebb
.sec
->alignment_power
== 2)
6806 /* Narrow an instruction and we are done. */
6807 new_action
->do_action
= FALSE
;
6808 new_action
->removed_bytes
+= 1;
6809 bad_alignment
= FALSE
;
6815 action
->removed_bytes
+= 3;
6816 action
->action
= ta_remove_longcall
;
6817 action
->do_action
= TRUE
;
6820 removed_bytes
= old_removed_bytes
;
6821 if (action
->do_action
)
6822 removed_bytes
+= action
->removed_bytes
;
6827 for (i
= 0; i
< ebb_table
->action_count
; ++i
)
6829 proposed_action
*action
= &ebb_table
->actions
[i
];
6830 if (action
->do_action
)
6831 removed_bytes
+= action
->removed_bytes
;
6834 if ((removed_bytes
% (1 << ebb_table
->ebb
.sec
->alignment_power
)) != 0
6835 && ebb
->ends_unreachable
)
6837 proposed_action
*action
;
6841 BFD_ASSERT (ebb_table
->action_count
!= 0);
6842 action
= &ebb_table
->actions
[ebb_table
->action_count
- 1];
6843 BFD_ASSERT (action
->action
== ta_fill
);
6844 BFD_ASSERT (ebb
->ends_unreachable
->flags
& XTENSA_PROP_UNREACHABLE
);
6846 extra_space
= compute_fill_extra_space (ebb
->ends_unreachable
);
6847 br
= action
->removed_bytes
+ removed_bytes
+ extra_space
;
6848 br
= br
& ((1 << ebb
->sec
->alignment_power
) - 1);
6850 action
->removed_bytes
= extra_space
- br
;
6856 /* Use check_section_ebb_pcrels_fit to make sure that all of the
6857 relocations in a section will fit if a proposed set of actions
6861 check_section_ebb_pcrels_fit (bfd
*abfd
,
6864 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
,
6865 const ebb_constraint
*constraint
)
6868 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irel
;
6869 xtensa_relax_info
*relax_info
;
6871 relax_info
= get_xtensa_relax_info (sec
);
6873 for (i
= 0; i
< sec
->reloc_count
; i
++)
6876 bfd_vma orig_self_offset
, orig_target_offset
;
6877 bfd_vma self_offset
, target_offset
;
6879 reloc_howto_type
*howto
;
6880 int self_removed_bytes
, target_removed_bytes
;
6882 irel
= &internal_relocs
[i
];
6883 r_type
= ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
->r_info
);
6885 howto
= &elf_howto_table
[r_type
];
6886 /* We maintain the required invariant: PC-relative relocations
6887 that fit before linking must fit after linking. Thus we only
6888 need to deal with relocations to the same section that are
6890 if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
->r_info
) == R_XTENSA_ASM_SIMPLIFY
6891 || !howto
->pc_relative
)
6894 r_reloc_init (&r_rel
, abfd
, irel
, contents
,
6895 bfd_get_section_limit (abfd
, sec
));
6897 if (r_reloc_get_section (&r_rel
) != sec
)
6900 orig_self_offset
= irel
->r_offset
;
6901 orig_target_offset
= r_rel
.target_offset
;
6903 self_offset
= orig_self_offset
;
6904 target_offset
= orig_target_offset
;
6908 self_offset
= offset_with_removed_text (&relax_info
->action_list
,
6910 target_offset
= offset_with_removed_text (&relax_info
->action_list
,
6911 orig_target_offset
);
6914 self_removed_bytes
= 0;
6915 target_removed_bytes
= 0;
6917 for (j
= 0; j
< constraint
->action_count
; ++j
)
6919 proposed_action
*action
= &constraint
->actions
[j
];
6920 bfd_vma offset
= action
->offset
;
6921 int removed_bytes
= action
->removed_bytes
;
6922 if (offset
< orig_self_offset
6923 || (offset
== orig_self_offset
&& action
->action
== ta_fill
6924 && action
->removed_bytes
< 0))
6925 self_removed_bytes
+= removed_bytes
;
6926 if (offset
< orig_target_offset
6927 || (offset
== orig_target_offset
&& action
->action
== ta_fill
6928 && action
->removed_bytes
< 0))
6929 target_removed_bytes
+= removed_bytes
;
6931 self_offset
-= self_removed_bytes
;
6932 target_offset
-= target_removed_bytes
;
6934 /* Try to encode it. Get the operand and check. */
6935 if (is_alt_relocation (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
->r_info
)))
6937 /* None of the current alternate relocs are PC-relative,
6938 and only PC-relative relocs matter here. */
6942 xtensa_opcode opcode
;
6945 opcode
= get_relocation_opcode (abfd
, sec
, contents
, irel
);
6946 if (opcode
== XTENSA_UNDEFINED
)
6949 opnum
= get_relocation_opnd (opcode
, ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
->r_info
));
6950 if (opnum
== XTENSA_UNDEFINED
)
6953 if (!pcrel_reloc_fits (opcode
, opnum
, self_offset
, target_offset
))
6963 check_section_ebb_reduces (const ebb_constraint
*constraint
)
6968 for (i
= 0; i
< constraint
->action_count
; i
++)
6970 const proposed_action
*action
= &constraint
->actions
[i
];
6971 if (action
->do_action
)
6972 removed
+= action
->removed_bytes
;
6982 text_action_add_proposed (text_action_list
*l
,
6983 const ebb_constraint
*ebb_table
,
6988 for (i
= 0; i
< ebb_table
->action_count
; i
++)
6990 proposed_action
*action
= &ebb_table
->actions
[i
];
6992 if (!action
->do_action
)
6994 switch (action
->action
)
6996 case ta_remove_insn
:
6997 case ta_remove_longcall
:
6998 case ta_convert_longcall
:
6999 case ta_narrow_insn
:
7002 case ta_remove_literal
:
7003 text_action_add (l
, action
->action
, sec
, action
->offset
,
7004 action
->removed_bytes
);
7017 compute_fill_extra_space (property_table_entry
*entry
)
7019 int fill_extra_space
;
7024 if ((entry
->flags
& XTENSA_PROP_UNREACHABLE
) == 0)
7027 fill_extra_space
= entry
->size
;
7028 if ((entry
->flags
& XTENSA_PROP_ALIGN
) != 0)
7030 /* Fill bytes for alignment:
7031 (2**n)-1 - (addr + (2**n)-1) & (2**n -1) */
7032 int pow
= GET_XTENSA_PROP_ALIGNMENT (entry
->flags
);
7033 int nsm
= (1 << pow
) - 1;
7034 bfd_vma addr
= entry
->address
+ entry
->size
;
7035 bfd_vma align_fill
= nsm
- ((addr
+ nsm
) & nsm
);
7036 fill_extra_space
+= align_fill
;
7038 return fill_extra_space
;
7042 /* First relaxation pass. */
7044 /* If the section contains relaxable literals, check each literal to
7045 see if it has the same value as another literal that has already
7046 been seen, either in the current section or a previous one. If so,
7047 add an entry to the per-section list of removed literals. The
7048 actual changes are deferred until the next pass. */
7051 compute_removed_literals (bfd
*abfd
,
7053 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
,
7054 value_map_hash_table
*values
)
7056 xtensa_relax_info
*relax_info
;
7058 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
;
7059 source_reloc
*src_relocs
, *rel
;
7060 bfd_boolean ok
= TRUE
;
7061 property_table_entry
*prop_table
= NULL
;
7064 bfd_boolean last_loc_is_prev
= FALSE
;
7065 bfd_vma last_target_offset
= 0;
7066 section_cache_t target_sec_cache
;
7067 bfd_size_type sec_size
;
7069 init_section_cache (&target_sec_cache
);
7071 /* Do nothing if it is not a relaxable literal section. */
7072 relax_info
= get_xtensa_relax_info (sec
);
7073 BFD_ASSERT (relax_info
);
7074 if (!relax_info
->is_relaxable_literal_section
)
7077 internal_relocs
= retrieve_internal_relocs (abfd
, sec
,
7078 link_info
->keep_memory
);
7080 sec_size
= bfd_get_section_limit (abfd
, sec
);
7081 contents
= retrieve_contents (abfd
, sec
, link_info
->keep_memory
);
7082 if (contents
== NULL
&& sec_size
!= 0)
7088 /* Sort the source_relocs by target offset. */
7089 src_relocs
= relax_info
->src_relocs
;
7090 qsort (src_relocs
, relax_info
->src_count
,
7091 sizeof (source_reloc
), source_reloc_compare
);
7092 qsort (internal_relocs
, sec
->reloc_count
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Rela
),
7093 internal_reloc_compare
);
7095 ptblsize
= xtensa_read_table_entries (abfd
, sec
, &prop_table
,
7096 XTENSA_PROP_SEC_NAME
, FALSE
);
7104 for (i
= 0; i
< relax_info
->src_count
; i
++)
7106 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irel
= NULL
;
7108 rel
= &src_relocs
[i
];
7109 if (get_l32r_opcode () != rel
->opcode
)
7111 irel
= get_irel_at_offset (sec
, internal_relocs
,
7112 rel
->r_rel
.target_offset
);
7114 /* If the relocation on this is not a simple R_XTENSA_32 or
7115 R_XTENSA_PLT then do not consider it. This may happen when
7116 the difference of two symbols is used in a literal. */
7117 if (irel
&& (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
->r_info
) != R_XTENSA_32
7118 && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
->r_info
) != R_XTENSA_PLT
))
7121 /* If the target_offset for this relocation is the same as the
7122 previous relocation, then we've already considered whether the
7123 literal can be coalesced. Skip to the next one.... */
7124 if (i
!= 0 && prev_i
!= -1
7125 && src_relocs
[i
-1].r_rel
.target_offset
== rel
->r_rel
.target_offset
)
7129 if (last_loc_is_prev
&&
7130 last_target_offset
+ 4 != rel
->r_rel
.target_offset
)
7131 last_loc_is_prev
= FALSE
;
7133 /* Check if the relocation was from an L32R that is being removed
7134 because a CALLX was converted to a direct CALL, and check if
7135 there are no other relocations to the literal. */
7136 if (is_removable_literal (rel
, i
, src_relocs
, relax_info
->src_count
))
7138 if (!remove_dead_literal (abfd
, sec
, link_info
, internal_relocs
,
7139 irel
, rel
, prop_table
, ptblsize
))
7144 last_target_offset
= rel
->r_rel
.target_offset
;
7148 if (!identify_literal_placement (abfd
, sec
, contents
, link_info
,
7150 &last_loc_is_prev
, irel
,
7151 relax_info
->src_count
- i
, rel
,
7152 prop_table
, ptblsize
,
7153 &target_sec_cache
, rel
->is_abs_literal
))
7158 last_target_offset
= rel
->r_rel
.target_offset
;
7162 print_removed_literals (stderr
, &relax_info
->removed_list
);
7163 print_action_list (stderr
, &relax_info
->action_list
);
7167 if (prop_table
) free (prop_table
);
7168 clear_section_cache (&target_sec_cache
);
7170 release_contents (sec
, contents
);
7171 release_internal_relocs (sec
, internal_relocs
);
7176 static Elf_Internal_Rela
*
7177 get_irel_at_offset (asection
*sec
,
7178 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
,
7182 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irel
;
7184 Elf_Internal_Rela key
;
7186 if (!internal_relocs
)
7189 key
.r_offset
= offset
;
7190 irel
= bsearch (&key
, internal_relocs
, sec
->reloc_count
,
7191 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Rela
), internal_reloc_matches
);
7195 /* bsearch does not guarantee which will be returned if there are
7196 multiple matches. We need the first that is not an alignment. */
7197 i
= irel
- internal_relocs
;
7200 if (internal_relocs
[i
-1].r_offset
!= offset
)
7204 for ( ; i
< sec
->reloc_count
; i
++)
7206 irel
= &internal_relocs
[i
];
7207 r_type
= ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
->r_info
);
7208 if (irel
->r_offset
== offset
&& r_type
!= R_XTENSA_NONE
)
7217 is_removable_literal (const source_reloc
*rel
,
7219 const source_reloc
*src_relocs
,
7222 const source_reloc
*curr_rel
;
7226 for (++i
; i
< src_count
; ++i
)
7228 curr_rel
= &src_relocs
[i
];
7229 /* If all others have the same target offset.... */
7230 if (curr_rel
->r_rel
.target_offset
!= rel
->r_rel
.target_offset
)
7233 if (!curr_rel
->is_null
7234 && !xtensa_is_property_section (curr_rel
->source_sec
)
7235 && !(curr_rel
->source_sec
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
))
7243 remove_dead_literal (bfd
*abfd
,
7245 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
,
7246 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
,
7247 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irel
,
7249 property_table_entry
*prop_table
,
7252 property_table_entry
*entry
;
7253 xtensa_relax_info
*relax_info
;
7255 relax_info
= get_xtensa_relax_info (sec
);
7259 entry
= elf_xtensa_find_property_entry (prop_table
, ptblsize
,
7260 sec
->vma
+ rel
->r_rel
.target_offset
);
7262 /* Mark the unused literal so that it will be removed. */
7263 add_removed_literal (&relax_info
->removed_list
, &rel
->r_rel
, NULL
);
7265 text_action_add (&relax_info
->action_list
,
7266 ta_remove_literal
, sec
, rel
->r_rel
.target_offset
, 4);
7268 /* If the section is 4-byte aligned, do not add fill. */
7269 if (sec
->alignment_power
> 2)
7271 int fill_extra_space
;
7272 bfd_vma entry_sec_offset
;
7274 property_table_entry
*the_add_entry
;
7278 entry_sec_offset
= entry
->address
- sec
->vma
+ entry
->size
;
7280 entry_sec_offset
= rel
->r_rel
.target_offset
+ 4;
7282 /* If the literal range is at the end of the section,
7284 the_add_entry
= elf_xtensa_find_property_entry (prop_table
, ptblsize
,
7286 fill_extra_space
= compute_fill_extra_space (the_add_entry
);
7288 fa
= find_fill_action (&relax_info
->action_list
, sec
, entry_sec_offset
);
7289 removed_diff
= compute_removed_action_diff (fa
, sec
, entry_sec_offset
,
7290 -4, fill_extra_space
);
7292 adjust_fill_action (fa
, removed_diff
);
7294 text_action_add (&relax_info
->action_list
,
7295 ta_fill
, sec
, entry_sec_offset
, removed_diff
);
7298 /* Zero out the relocation on this literal location. */
7301 if (elf_hash_table (link_info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
7302 shrink_dynamic_reloc_sections (link_info
, abfd
, sec
, irel
);
7304 irel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_XTENSA_NONE
);
7305 pin_internal_relocs (sec
, internal_relocs
);
7308 /* Do not modify "last_loc_is_prev". */
7314 identify_literal_placement (bfd
*abfd
,
7317 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
,
7318 value_map_hash_table
*values
,
7319 bfd_boolean
*last_loc_is_prev_p
,
7320 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irel
,
7321 int remaining_src_rels
,
7323 property_table_entry
*prop_table
,
7325 section_cache_t
*target_sec_cache
,
7326 bfd_boolean is_abs_literal
)
7330 xtensa_relax_info
*relax_info
;
7331 bfd_boolean literal_placed
= FALSE
;
7333 unsigned long value
;
7334 bfd_boolean final_static_link
;
7335 bfd_size_type sec_size
;
7337 relax_info
= get_xtensa_relax_info (sec
);
7341 sec_size
= bfd_get_section_limit (abfd
, sec
);
7344 (!link_info
->relocatable
7345 && !elf_hash_table (link_info
)->dynamic_sections_created
);
7347 /* The placement algorithm first checks to see if the literal is
7348 already in the value map. If so and the value map is reachable
7349 from all uses, then the literal is moved to that location. If
7350 not, then we identify the last location where a fresh literal was
7351 placed. If the literal can be safely moved there, then we do so.
7352 If not, then we assume that the literal is not to move and leave
7353 the literal where it is, marking it as the last literal
7356 /* Find the literal value. */
7358 r_reloc_init (&r_rel
, abfd
, irel
, contents
, sec_size
);
7361 BFD_ASSERT (rel
->r_rel
.target_offset
< sec_size
);
7362 value
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_rel
.target_offset
);
7364 init_literal_value (&val
, &r_rel
, value
, is_abs_literal
);
7366 /* Check if we've seen another literal with the same value that
7367 is in the same output section. */
7368 val_map
= value_map_get_cached_value (values
, &val
, final_static_link
);
7371 && (r_reloc_get_section (&val_map
->loc
)->output_section
7372 == sec
->output_section
)
7373 && relocations_reach (rel
, remaining_src_rels
, &val_map
->loc
)
7374 && coalesce_shared_literal (sec
, rel
, prop_table
, ptblsize
, val_map
))
7376 /* No change to last_loc_is_prev. */
7377 literal_placed
= TRUE
;
7380 /* For relocatable links, do not try to move literals. To do it
7381 correctly might increase the number of relocations in an input
7382 section making the default relocatable linking fail. */
7383 if (!link_info
->relocatable
&& !literal_placed
7384 && values
->has_last_loc
&& !(*last_loc_is_prev_p
))
7386 asection
*target_sec
= r_reloc_get_section (&values
->last_loc
);
7387 if (target_sec
&& target_sec
->output_section
== sec
->output_section
)
7389 /* Increment the virtual offset. */
7390 r_reloc try_loc
= values
->last_loc
;
7391 try_loc
.virtual_offset
+= 4;
7393 /* There is a last loc that was in the same output section. */
7394 if (relocations_reach (rel
, remaining_src_rels
, &try_loc
)
7395 && move_shared_literal (sec
, link_info
, rel
,
7396 prop_table
, ptblsize
,
7397 &try_loc
, &val
, target_sec_cache
))
7399 values
->last_loc
.virtual_offset
+= 4;
7400 literal_placed
= TRUE
;
7402 val_map
= add_value_map (values
, &val
, &try_loc
,
7405 val_map
->loc
= try_loc
;
7410 if (!literal_placed
)
7412 /* Nothing worked, leave the literal alone but update the last loc. */
7413 values
->has_last_loc
= TRUE
;
7414 values
->last_loc
= rel
->r_rel
;
7416 val_map
= add_value_map (values
, &val
, &rel
->r_rel
, final_static_link
);
7418 val_map
->loc
= rel
->r_rel
;
7419 *last_loc_is_prev_p
= TRUE
;
7426 /* Check if the original relocations (presumably on L32R instructions)
7427 identified by reloc[0..N] can be changed to reference the literal
7428 identified by r_rel. If r_rel is out of range for any of the
7429 original relocations, then we don't want to coalesce the original
7430 literal with the one at r_rel. We only check reloc[0..N], where the
7431 offsets are all the same as for reloc[0] (i.e., they're all
7432 referencing the same literal) and where N is also bounded by the
7433 number of remaining entries in the "reloc" array. The "reloc" array
7434 is sorted by target offset so we know all the entries for the same
7435 literal will be contiguous. */
7438 relocations_reach (source_reloc
*reloc
,
7439 int remaining_relocs
,
7440 const r_reloc
*r_rel
)
7442 bfd_vma from_offset
, source_address
, dest_address
;
7446 if (!r_reloc_is_defined (r_rel
))
7449 sec
= r_reloc_get_section (r_rel
);
7450 from_offset
= reloc
[0].r_rel
.target_offset
;
7452 for (i
= 0; i
< remaining_relocs
; i
++)
7454 if (reloc
[i
].r_rel
.target_offset
!= from_offset
)
7457 /* Ignore relocations that have been removed. */
7458 if (reloc
[i
].is_null
)
7461 /* The original and new output section for these must be the same
7462 in order to coalesce. */
7463 if (r_reloc_get_section (&reloc
[i
].r_rel
)->output_section
7464 != sec
->output_section
)
7467 /* A literal with no PC-relative relocations can be moved anywhere. */
7468 if (reloc
[i
].opnd
!= -1)
7470 /* Otherwise, check to see that it fits. */
7471 source_address
= (reloc
[i
].source_sec
->output_section
->vma
7472 + reloc
[i
].source_sec
->output_offset
7473 + reloc
[i
].r_rel
.rela
.r_offset
);
7474 dest_address
= (sec
->output_section
->vma
7475 + sec
->output_offset
7476 + r_rel
->target_offset
);
7478 if (!pcrel_reloc_fits (reloc
[i
].opcode
, reloc
[i
].opnd
,
7479 source_address
, dest_address
))
7488 /* Move a literal to another literal location because it is
7489 the same as the other literal value. */
7492 coalesce_shared_literal (asection
*sec
,
7494 property_table_entry
*prop_table
,
7498 property_table_entry
*entry
;
7500 property_table_entry
*the_add_entry
;
7502 xtensa_relax_info
*relax_info
;
7504 relax_info
= get_xtensa_relax_info (sec
);
7508 entry
= elf_xtensa_find_property_entry
7509 (prop_table
, ptblsize
, sec
->vma
+ rel
->r_rel
.target_offset
);
7510 if (entry
&& (entry
->flags
& XTENSA_PROP_INSN_NO_TRANSFORM
))
7513 /* Mark that the literal will be coalesced. */
7514 add_removed_literal (&relax_info
->removed_list
, &rel
->r_rel
, &val_map
->loc
);
7516 text_action_add (&relax_info
->action_list
,
7517 ta_remove_literal
, sec
, rel
->r_rel
.target_offset
, 4);
7519 /* If the section is 4-byte aligned, do not add fill. */
7520 if (sec
->alignment_power
> 2)
7522 int fill_extra_space
;
7523 bfd_vma entry_sec_offset
;
7526 entry_sec_offset
= entry
->address
- sec
->vma
+ entry
->size
;
7528 entry_sec_offset
= rel
->r_rel
.target_offset
+ 4;
7530 /* If the literal range is at the end of the section,
7532 fill_extra_space
= 0;
7533 the_add_entry
= elf_xtensa_find_property_entry (prop_table
, ptblsize
,
7535 if (the_add_entry
&& (the_add_entry
->flags
& XTENSA_PROP_UNREACHABLE
))
7536 fill_extra_space
= the_add_entry
->size
;
7538 fa
= find_fill_action (&relax_info
->action_list
, sec
, entry_sec_offset
);
7539 removed_diff
= compute_removed_action_diff (fa
, sec
, entry_sec_offset
,
7540 -4, fill_extra_space
);
7542 adjust_fill_action (fa
, removed_diff
);
7544 text_action_add (&relax_info
->action_list
,
7545 ta_fill
, sec
, entry_sec_offset
, removed_diff
);
7552 /* Move a literal to another location. This may actually increase the
7553 total amount of space used because of alignments so we need to do
7554 this carefully. Also, it may make a branch go out of range. */
7557 move_shared_literal (asection
*sec
,
7558 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
,
7560 property_table_entry
*prop_table
,
7562 const r_reloc
*target_loc
,
7563 const literal_value
*lit_value
,
7564 section_cache_t
*target_sec_cache
)
7566 property_table_entry
*the_add_entry
, *src_entry
, *target_entry
= NULL
;
7567 text_action
*fa
, *target_fa
;
7569 xtensa_relax_info
*relax_info
, *target_relax_info
;
7570 asection
*target_sec
;
7572 ebb_constraint ebb_table
;
7573 bfd_boolean relocs_fit
;
7575 /* If this routine always returns FALSE, the literals that cannot be
7576 coalesced will not be moved. */
7577 if (elf32xtensa_no_literal_movement
)
7580 relax_info
= get_xtensa_relax_info (sec
);
7584 target_sec
= r_reloc_get_section (target_loc
);
7585 target_relax_info
= get_xtensa_relax_info (target_sec
);
7587 /* Literals to undefined sections may not be moved because they
7588 must report an error. */
7589 if (bfd_is_und_section (target_sec
))
7592 src_entry
= elf_xtensa_find_property_entry
7593 (prop_table
, ptblsize
, sec
->vma
+ rel
->r_rel
.target_offset
);
7595 if (!section_cache_section (target_sec_cache
, target_sec
, link_info
))
7598 target_entry
= elf_xtensa_find_property_entry
7599 (target_sec_cache
->ptbl
, target_sec_cache
->pte_count
,
7600 target_sec
->vma
+ target_loc
->target_offset
);
7605 /* Make sure that we have not broken any branches. */
7608 init_ebb_constraint (&ebb_table
);
7609 ebb
= &ebb_table
.ebb
;
7610 init_ebb (ebb
, target_sec_cache
->sec
, target_sec_cache
->contents
,
7611 target_sec_cache
->content_length
,
7612 target_sec_cache
->ptbl
, target_sec_cache
->pte_count
,
7613 target_sec_cache
->relocs
, target_sec_cache
->reloc_count
);
7615 /* Propose to add 4 bytes + worst-case alignment size increase to
7617 ebb_propose_action (&ebb_table
, EBB_NO_ALIGN
, 0,
7618 ta_fill
, target_loc
->target_offset
,
7619 -4 - (1 << target_sec
->alignment_power
), TRUE
);
7621 /* Check all of the PC-relative relocations to make sure they still fit. */
7622 relocs_fit
= check_section_ebb_pcrels_fit (target_sec
->owner
, target_sec
,
7623 target_sec_cache
->contents
,
7624 target_sec_cache
->relocs
,
7630 text_action_add_literal (&target_relax_info
->action_list
,
7631 ta_add_literal
, target_loc
, lit_value
, -4);
7633 if (target_sec
->alignment_power
> 2 && target_entry
!= src_entry
)
7635 /* May need to add or remove some fill to maintain alignment. */
7636 int fill_extra_space
;
7637 bfd_vma entry_sec_offset
;
7640 target_entry
->address
- target_sec
->vma
+ target_entry
->size
;
7642 /* If the literal range is at the end of the section,
7644 fill_extra_space
= 0;
7646 elf_xtensa_find_property_entry (target_sec_cache
->ptbl
,
7647 target_sec_cache
->pte_count
,
7649 if (the_add_entry
&& (the_add_entry
->flags
& XTENSA_PROP_UNREACHABLE
))
7650 fill_extra_space
= the_add_entry
->size
;
7652 target_fa
= find_fill_action (&target_relax_info
->action_list
,
7653 target_sec
, entry_sec_offset
);
7654 removed_diff
= compute_removed_action_diff (target_fa
, target_sec
,
7655 entry_sec_offset
, 4,
7658 adjust_fill_action (target_fa
, removed_diff
);
7660 text_action_add (&target_relax_info
->action_list
,
7661 ta_fill
, target_sec
, entry_sec_offset
, removed_diff
);
7664 /* Mark that the literal will be moved to the new location. */
7665 add_removed_literal (&relax_info
->removed_list
, &rel
->r_rel
, target_loc
);
7667 /* Remove the literal. */
7668 text_action_add (&relax_info
->action_list
,
7669 ta_remove_literal
, sec
, rel
->r_rel
.target_offset
, 4);
7671 /* If the section is 4-byte aligned, do not add fill. */
7672 if (sec
->alignment_power
> 2 && target_entry
!= src_entry
)
7674 int fill_extra_space
;
7675 bfd_vma entry_sec_offset
;
7678 entry_sec_offset
= src_entry
->address
- sec
->vma
+ src_entry
->size
;
7680 entry_sec_offset
= rel
->r_rel
.target_offset
+4;
7682 /* If the literal range is at the end of the section,
7684 fill_extra_space
= 0;
7685 the_add_entry
= elf_xtensa_find_property_entry (prop_table
, ptblsize
,
7687 if (the_add_entry
&& (the_add_entry
->flags
& XTENSA_PROP_UNREACHABLE
))
7688 fill_extra_space
= the_add_entry
->size
;
7690 fa
= find_fill_action (&relax_info
->action_list
, sec
, entry_sec_offset
);
7691 removed_diff
= compute_removed_action_diff (fa
, sec
, entry_sec_offset
,
7692 -4, fill_extra_space
);
7694 adjust_fill_action (fa
, removed_diff
);
7696 text_action_add (&relax_info
->action_list
,
7697 ta_fill
, sec
, entry_sec_offset
, removed_diff
);
7704 /* Second relaxation pass. */
7706 /* Modify all of the relocations to point to the right spot, and if this
7707 is a relaxable section, delete the unwanted literals and fix the
7711 relax_section (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
, struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
7713 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
;
7714 xtensa_relax_info
*relax_info
;
7716 bfd_boolean ok
= TRUE
;
7718 bfd_boolean rv
= FALSE
;
7719 bfd_boolean virtual_action
;
7720 bfd_size_type sec_size
;
7722 sec_size
= bfd_get_section_limit (abfd
, sec
);
7723 relax_info
= get_xtensa_relax_info (sec
);
7724 BFD_ASSERT (relax_info
);
7726 /* First translate any of the fixes that have been added already. */
7727 translate_section_fixes (sec
);
7729 /* Handle property sections (e.g., literal tables) specially. */
7730 if (xtensa_is_property_section (sec
))
7732 BFD_ASSERT (!relax_info
->is_relaxable_literal_section
);
7733 return relax_property_section (abfd
, sec
, link_info
);
7736 internal_relocs
= retrieve_internal_relocs (abfd
, sec
,
7737 link_info
->keep_memory
);
7738 contents
= retrieve_contents (abfd
, sec
, link_info
->keep_memory
);
7739 if (contents
== NULL
&& sec_size
!= 0)
7745 if (internal_relocs
)
7747 for (i
= 0; i
< sec
->reloc_count
; i
++)
7749 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irel
;
7750 xtensa_relax_info
*target_relax_info
;
7751 bfd_vma source_offset
, old_source_offset
;
7754 asection
*target_sec
;
7756 /* Locally change the source address.
7757 Translate the target to the new target address.
7758 If it points to this section and has been removed,
7762 irel
= &internal_relocs
[i
];
7763 source_offset
= irel
->r_offset
;
7764 old_source_offset
= source_offset
;
7766 r_type
= ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
->r_info
);
7767 r_reloc_init (&r_rel
, abfd
, irel
, contents
,
7768 bfd_get_section_limit (abfd
, sec
));
7770 /* If this section could have changed then we may need to
7771 change the relocation's offset. */
7773 if (relax_info
->is_relaxable_literal_section
7774 || relax_info
->is_relaxable_asm_section
)
7776 if (r_type
!= R_XTENSA_NONE
7777 && find_removed_literal (&relax_info
->removed_list
,
7780 /* Remove this relocation. */
7781 if (elf_hash_table (link_info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
7782 shrink_dynamic_reloc_sections (link_info
, abfd
, sec
, irel
);
7783 irel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_XTENSA_NONE
);
7784 irel
->r_offset
= offset_with_removed_text
7785 (&relax_info
->action_list
, irel
->r_offset
);
7786 pin_internal_relocs (sec
, internal_relocs
);
7790 if (r_type
== R_XTENSA_ASM_SIMPLIFY
)
7792 text_action
*action
=
7793 find_insn_action (&relax_info
->action_list
,
7795 if (action
&& (action
->action
== ta_convert_longcall
7796 || action
->action
== ta_remove_longcall
))
7798 bfd_reloc_status_type retval
;
7799 char *error_message
= NULL
;
7801 retval
= contract_asm_expansion (contents
, sec_size
,
7802 irel
, &error_message
);
7803 if (retval
!= bfd_reloc_ok
)
7805 (*link_info
->callbacks
->reloc_dangerous
)
7806 (link_info
, error_message
, abfd
, sec
,
7810 /* Update the action so that the code that moves
7811 the contents will do the right thing. */
7812 if (action
->action
== ta_remove_longcall
)
7813 action
->action
= ta_remove_insn
;
7815 action
->action
= ta_none
;
7816 /* Refresh the info in the r_rel. */
7817 r_reloc_init (&r_rel
, abfd
, irel
, contents
, sec_size
);
7818 r_type
= ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
->r_info
);
7822 source_offset
= offset_with_removed_text
7823 (&relax_info
->action_list
, irel
->r_offset
);
7824 irel
->r_offset
= source_offset
;
7827 /* If the target section could have changed then
7828 we may need to change the relocation's target offset. */
7830 target_sec
= r_reloc_get_section (&r_rel
);
7831 target_relax_info
= get_xtensa_relax_info (target_sec
);
7833 if (target_relax_info
7834 && (target_relax_info
->is_relaxable_literal_section
7835 || target_relax_info
->is_relaxable_asm_section
))
7839 bfd_vma addend_displacement
;
7841 translate_reloc (&r_rel
, &new_reloc
);
7843 if (r_type
== R_XTENSA_DIFF8
7844 || r_type
== R_XTENSA_DIFF16
7845 || r_type
== R_XTENSA_DIFF32
)
7847 bfd_vma diff_value
= 0, new_end_offset
, diff_mask
= 0;
7849 if (bfd_get_section_limit (abfd
, sec
) < old_source_offset
)
7851 (*link_info
->callbacks
->reloc_dangerous
)
7852 (link_info
, _("invalid relocation address"),
7853 abfd
, sec
, old_source_offset
);
7859 case R_XTENSA_DIFF8
:
7861 bfd_get_8 (abfd
, &contents
[old_source_offset
]);
7863 case R_XTENSA_DIFF16
:
7865 bfd_get_16 (abfd
, &contents
[old_source_offset
]);
7867 case R_XTENSA_DIFF32
:
7869 bfd_get_32 (abfd
, &contents
[old_source_offset
]);
7873 new_end_offset
= offset_with_removed_text
7874 (&target_relax_info
->action_list
,
7875 r_rel
.target_offset
+ diff_value
);
7876 diff_value
= new_end_offset
- new_reloc
.target_offset
;
7880 case R_XTENSA_DIFF8
:
7882 bfd_put_8 (abfd
, diff_value
,
7883 &contents
[old_source_offset
]);
7885 case R_XTENSA_DIFF16
:
7887 bfd_put_16 (abfd
, diff_value
,
7888 &contents
[old_source_offset
]);
7890 case R_XTENSA_DIFF32
:
7891 diff_mask
= 0xffffffff;
7892 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, diff_value
,
7893 &contents
[old_source_offset
]);
7897 /* Check for overflow. */
7898 if ((diff_value
& ~diff_mask
) != 0)
7900 (*link_info
->callbacks
->reloc_dangerous
)
7901 (link_info
, _("overflow after relaxation"),
7902 abfd
, sec
, old_source_offset
);
7906 pin_contents (sec
, contents
);
7909 /* FIXME: If the relocation still references a section in
7910 the same input file, the relocation should be modified
7911 directly instead of adding a "fix" record. */
7913 addend_displacement
=
7914 new_reloc
.target_offset
+ new_reloc
.virtual_offset
;
7916 fix
= reloc_bfd_fix_init (sec
, source_offset
, r_type
, 0,
7917 r_reloc_get_section (&new_reloc
),
7918 addend_displacement
, TRUE
);
7922 pin_internal_relocs (sec
, internal_relocs
);
7926 if ((relax_info
->is_relaxable_literal_section
7927 || relax_info
->is_relaxable_asm_section
)
7928 && relax_info
->action_list
.head
)
7930 /* Walk through the planned actions and build up a table
7931 of move, copy and fill records. Use the move, copy and
7932 fill records to perform the actions once. */
7934 bfd_size_type size
= sec
->size
;
7936 bfd_size_type final_size
, copy_size
, orig_insn_size
;
7937 bfd_byte
*scratch
= NULL
;
7938 bfd_byte
*dup_contents
= NULL
;
7939 bfd_size_type orig_size
= size
;
7940 bfd_vma orig_dot
= 0;
7941 bfd_vma orig_dot_copied
= 0; /* Byte copied already from
7942 orig dot in physical memory. */
7943 bfd_vma orig_dot_vo
= 0; /* Virtual offset from orig_dot. */
7944 bfd_vma dup_dot
= 0;
7946 text_action
*action
= relax_info
->action_list
.head
;
7948 final_size
= sec
->size
;
7949 for (action
= relax_info
->action_list
.head
; action
;
7950 action
= action
->next
)
7952 final_size
-= action
->removed_bytes
;
7955 scratch
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_zmalloc (final_size
);
7956 dup_contents
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_zmalloc (final_size
);
7958 /* The dot is the current fill location. */
7960 print_action_list (stderr
, &relax_info
->action_list
);
7963 for (action
= relax_info
->action_list
.head
; action
;
7964 action
= action
->next
)
7966 virtual_action
= FALSE
;
7967 if (action
->offset
> orig_dot
)
7969 orig_dot
+= orig_dot_copied
;
7970 orig_dot_copied
= 0;
7972 /* Out of the virtual world. */
7975 if (action
->offset
> orig_dot
)
7977 copy_size
= action
->offset
- orig_dot
;
7978 memmove (&dup_contents
[dup_dot
], &contents
[orig_dot
], copy_size
);
7979 orig_dot
+= copy_size
;
7980 dup_dot
+= copy_size
;
7981 BFD_ASSERT (action
->offset
== orig_dot
);
7983 else if (action
->offset
< orig_dot
)
7985 if (action
->action
== ta_fill
7986 && action
->offset
- action
->removed_bytes
== orig_dot
)
7988 /* This is OK because the fill only effects the dup_dot. */
7990 else if (action
->action
== ta_add_literal
)
7992 /* TBD. Might need to handle this. */
7995 if (action
->offset
== orig_dot
)
7997 if (action
->virtual_offset
> orig_dot_vo
)
7999 if (orig_dot_vo
== 0)
8001 /* Need to copy virtual_offset bytes. Probably four. */
8002 copy_size
= action
->virtual_offset
- orig_dot_vo
;
8003 memmove (&dup_contents
[dup_dot
],
8004 &contents
[orig_dot
], copy_size
);
8005 orig_dot_copied
= copy_size
;
8006 dup_dot
+= copy_size
;
8008 virtual_action
= TRUE
;
8011 BFD_ASSERT (action
->virtual_offset
<= orig_dot_vo
);
8013 switch (action
->action
)
8015 case ta_remove_literal
:
8016 case ta_remove_insn
:
8017 BFD_ASSERT (action
->removed_bytes
>= 0);
8018 orig_dot
+= action
->removed_bytes
;
8021 case ta_narrow_insn
:
8024 memmove (scratch
, &contents
[orig_dot
], orig_insn_size
);
8025 BFD_ASSERT (action
->removed_bytes
== 1);
8026 rv
= narrow_instruction (scratch
, final_size
, 0, TRUE
);
8028 memmove (&dup_contents
[dup_dot
], scratch
, copy_size
);
8029 orig_dot
+= orig_insn_size
;
8030 dup_dot
+= copy_size
;
8034 if (action
->removed_bytes
>= 0)
8035 orig_dot
+= action
->removed_bytes
;
8038 /* Already zeroed in dup_contents. Just bump the
8040 dup_dot
+= (-action
->removed_bytes
);
8045 BFD_ASSERT (action
->removed_bytes
== 0);
8048 case ta_convert_longcall
:
8049 case ta_remove_longcall
:
8050 /* These will be removed or converted before we get here. */
8057 memmove (scratch
, &contents
[orig_dot
], orig_insn_size
);
8058 BFD_ASSERT (action
->removed_bytes
== -1);
8059 rv
= widen_instruction (scratch
, final_size
, 0, TRUE
);
8061 memmove (&dup_contents
[dup_dot
], scratch
, copy_size
);
8062 orig_dot
+= orig_insn_size
;
8063 dup_dot
+= copy_size
;
8066 case ta_add_literal
:
8069 BFD_ASSERT (action
->removed_bytes
== -4);
8070 /* TBD -- place the literal value here and insert
8072 memset (&dup_contents
[dup_dot
], 0, 4);
8073 pin_internal_relocs (sec
, internal_relocs
);
8074 pin_contents (sec
, contents
);
8076 if (!move_literal (abfd
, link_info
, sec
, dup_dot
, dup_contents
,
8077 relax_info
, &internal_relocs
, &action
->value
))
8081 orig_dot_vo
+= copy_size
;
8083 orig_dot
+= orig_insn_size
;
8084 dup_dot
+= copy_size
;
8088 /* Not implemented yet. */
8093 size
-= action
->removed_bytes
;
8094 removed
+= action
->removed_bytes
;
8095 BFD_ASSERT (dup_dot
<= final_size
);
8096 BFD_ASSERT (orig_dot
<= orig_size
);
8099 orig_dot
+= orig_dot_copied
;
8100 orig_dot_copied
= 0;
8102 if (orig_dot
!= orig_size
)
8104 copy_size
= orig_size
- orig_dot
;
8105 BFD_ASSERT (orig_size
> orig_dot
);
8106 BFD_ASSERT (dup_dot
+ copy_size
== final_size
);
8107 memmove (&dup_contents
[dup_dot
], &contents
[orig_dot
], copy_size
);
8108 orig_dot
+= copy_size
;
8109 dup_dot
+= copy_size
;
8111 BFD_ASSERT (orig_size
== orig_dot
);
8112 BFD_ASSERT (final_size
== dup_dot
);
8114 /* Move the dup_contents back. */
8115 if (final_size
> orig_size
)
8117 /* Contents need to be reallocated. Swap the dup_contents into
8119 sec
->contents
= dup_contents
;
8121 contents
= dup_contents
;
8122 pin_contents (sec
, contents
);
8126 BFD_ASSERT (final_size
<= orig_size
);
8127 memset (contents
, 0, orig_size
);
8128 memcpy (contents
, dup_contents
, final_size
);
8129 free (dup_contents
);
8132 pin_contents (sec
, contents
);
8134 sec
->size
= final_size
;
8138 release_internal_relocs (sec
, internal_relocs
);
8139 release_contents (sec
, contents
);
8145 translate_section_fixes (asection
*sec
)
8147 xtensa_relax_info
*relax_info
;
8150 relax_info
= get_xtensa_relax_info (sec
);
8154 for (r
= relax_info
->fix_list
; r
!= NULL
; r
= r
->next
)
8155 if (!translate_reloc_bfd_fix (r
))
8162 /* Translate a fix given the mapping in the relax info for the target
8163 section. If it has already been translated, no work is required. */
8166 translate_reloc_bfd_fix (reloc_bfd_fix
*fix
)
8168 reloc_bfd_fix new_fix
;
8170 xtensa_relax_info
*relax_info
;
8171 removed_literal
*removed
;
8172 bfd_vma new_offset
, target_offset
;
8174 if (fix
->translated
)
8177 sec
= fix
->target_sec
;
8178 target_offset
= fix
->target_offset
;
8180 relax_info
= get_xtensa_relax_info (sec
);
8183 fix
->translated
= TRUE
;
8189 /* The fix does not need to be translated if the section cannot change. */
8190 if (!relax_info
->is_relaxable_literal_section
8191 && !relax_info
->is_relaxable_asm_section
)
8193 fix
->translated
= TRUE
;
8197 /* If the literal has been moved and this relocation was on an
8198 opcode, then the relocation should move to the new literal
8199 location. Otherwise, the relocation should move within the
8203 if (is_operand_relocation (fix
->src_type
))
8205 /* Check if the original relocation is against a literal being
8207 removed
= find_removed_literal (&relax_info
->removed_list
,
8215 /* The fact that there is still a relocation to this literal indicates
8216 that the literal is being coalesced, not simply removed. */
8217 BFD_ASSERT (removed
->to
.abfd
!= NULL
);
8219 /* This was moved to some other address (possibly another section). */
8220 new_sec
= r_reloc_get_section (&removed
->to
);
8224 relax_info
= get_xtensa_relax_info (sec
);
8226 (!relax_info
->is_relaxable_literal_section
8227 && !relax_info
->is_relaxable_asm_section
))
8229 target_offset
= removed
->to
.target_offset
;
8230 new_fix
.target_sec
= new_sec
;
8231 new_fix
.target_offset
= target_offset
;
8232 new_fix
.translated
= TRUE
;
8237 target_offset
= removed
->to
.target_offset
;
8238 new_fix
.target_sec
= new_sec
;
8241 /* The target address may have been moved within its section. */
8242 new_offset
= offset_with_removed_text (&relax_info
->action_list
,
8245 new_fix
.target_offset
= new_offset
;
8246 new_fix
.target_offset
= new_offset
;
8247 new_fix
.translated
= TRUE
;
8253 /* Fix up a relocation to take account of removed literals. */
8256 translate_reloc (const r_reloc
*orig_rel
, r_reloc
*new_rel
)
8259 xtensa_relax_info
*relax_info
;
8260 removed_literal
*removed
;
8261 bfd_vma new_offset
, target_offset
, removed_bytes
;
8263 *new_rel
= *orig_rel
;
8265 if (!r_reloc_is_defined (orig_rel
))
8267 sec
= r_reloc_get_section (orig_rel
);
8269 relax_info
= get_xtensa_relax_info (sec
);
8270 BFD_ASSERT (relax_info
);
8272 if (!relax_info
->is_relaxable_literal_section
8273 && !relax_info
->is_relaxable_asm_section
)
8276 target_offset
= orig_rel
->target_offset
;
8279 if (is_operand_relocation (ELF32_R_TYPE (orig_rel
->rela
.r_info
)))
8281 /* Check if the original relocation is against a literal being
8283 removed
= find_removed_literal (&relax_info
->removed_list
,
8286 if (removed
&& removed
->to
.abfd
)
8290 /* The fact that there is still a relocation to this literal indicates
8291 that the literal is being coalesced, not simply removed. */
8292 BFD_ASSERT (removed
->to
.abfd
!= NULL
);
8294 /* This was moved to some other address
8295 (possibly in another section). */
8296 *new_rel
= removed
->to
;
8297 new_sec
= r_reloc_get_section (new_rel
);
8301 relax_info
= get_xtensa_relax_info (sec
);
8303 || (!relax_info
->is_relaxable_literal_section
8304 && !relax_info
->is_relaxable_asm_section
))
8307 target_offset
= new_rel
->target_offset
;
8310 /* ...and the target address may have been moved within its section. */
8311 new_offset
= offset_with_removed_text (&relax_info
->action_list
,
8314 /* Modify the offset and addend. */
8315 removed_bytes
= target_offset
- new_offset
;
8316 new_rel
->target_offset
= new_offset
;
8317 new_rel
->rela
.r_addend
-= removed_bytes
;
8321 /* For dynamic links, there may be a dynamic relocation for each
8322 literal. The number of dynamic relocations must be computed in
8323 size_dynamic_sections, which occurs before relaxation. When a
8324 literal is removed, this function checks if there is a corresponding
8325 dynamic relocation and shrinks the size of the appropriate dynamic
8326 relocation section accordingly. At this point, the contents of the
8327 dynamic relocation sections have not yet been filled in, so there's
8328 nothing else that needs to be done. */
8331 shrink_dynamic_reloc_sections (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
8333 asection
*input_section
,
8334 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
)
8336 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
8337 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
8338 unsigned long r_symndx
;
8340 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
8341 bfd_boolean dynamic_symbol
;
8343 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
8344 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
8346 r_type
= ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
8347 r_symndx
= ELF32_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
8349 if (r_symndx
< symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
8352 h
= sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- symtab_hdr
->sh_info
];
8354 dynamic_symbol
= xtensa_elf_dynamic_symbol_p (h
, info
);
8356 if ((r_type
== R_XTENSA_32
|| r_type
== R_XTENSA_PLT
)
8357 && (input_section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
8358 && (dynamic_symbol
|| info
->shared
))
8361 const char *srel_name
;
8363 bfd_boolean is_plt
= FALSE
;
8365 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
8366 BFD_ASSERT (dynobj
!= NULL
);
8368 if (dynamic_symbol
&& r_type
== R_XTENSA_PLT
)
8370 srel_name
= ".rela.plt";
8374 srel_name
= ".rela.got";
8376 /* Reduce size of the .rela.* section by one reloc. */
8377 srel
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, srel_name
);
8378 BFD_ASSERT (srel
!= NULL
);
8379 BFD_ASSERT (srel
->size
>= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
8380 srel
->size
-= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
8384 asection
*splt
, *sgotplt
, *srelgot
;
8385 int reloc_index
, chunk
;
8387 /* Find the PLT reloc index of the entry being removed. This
8388 is computed from the size of ".rela.plt". It is needed to
8389 figure out which PLT chunk to resize. Usually "last index
8390 = size - 1" since the index starts at zero, but in this
8391 context, the size has just been decremented so there's no
8392 need to subtract one. */
8393 reloc_index
= srel
->size
/ sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
8395 chunk
= reloc_index
/ PLT_ENTRIES_PER_CHUNK
;
8396 splt
= elf_xtensa_get_plt_section (dynobj
, chunk
);
8397 sgotplt
= elf_xtensa_get_gotplt_section (dynobj
, chunk
);
8398 BFD_ASSERT (splt
!= NULL
&& sgotplt
!= NULL
);
8400 /* Check if an entire PLT chunk has just been eliminated. */
8401 if (reloc_index
% PLT_ENTRIES_PER_CHUNK
== 0)
8403 /* The two magic GOT entries for that chunk can go away. */
8404 srelgot
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".rela.got");
8405 BFD_ASSERT (srelgot
!= NULL
);
8406 srelgot
->reloc_count
-= 2;
8407 srelgot
->size
-= 2 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
8410 /* There should be only one entry left (and it will be
8412 BFD_ASSERT (sgotplt
->size
== 4);
8413 BFD_ASSERT (splt
->size
== PLT_ENTRY_SIZE
);
8416 BFD_ASSERT (sgotplt
->size
>= 4);
8417 BFD_ASSERT (splt
->size
>= PLT_ENTRY_SIZE
);
8420 splt
->size
-= PLT_ENTRY_SIZE
;
8426 /* Take an r_rel and move it to another section. This usually
8427 requires extending the interal_relocation array and pinning it. If
8428 the original r_rel is from the same BFD, we can complete this here.
8429 Otherwise, we add a fix record to let the final link fix the
8430 appropriate address. Contents and internal relocations for the
8431 section must be pinned after calling this routine. */
8434 move_literal (bfd
*abfd
,
8435 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
,
8439 xtensa_relax_info
*relax_info
,
8440 Elf_Internal_Rela
**internal_relocs_p
,
8441 const literal_value
*lit
)
8443 Elf_Internal_Rela
*new_relocs
= NULL
;
8444 size_t new_relocs_count
= 0;
8445 Elf_Internal_Rela this_rela
;
8446 const r_reloc
*r_rel
;
8448 r_rel
= &lit
->r_rel
;
8449 BFD_ASSERT (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
== *internal_relocs_p
);
8451 if (r_reloc_is_const (r_rel
))
8452 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, lit
->value
, contents
+ offset
);
8457 asection
*target_sec
;
8461 r_type
= ELF32_R_TYPE (r_rel
->rela
.r_info
);
8462 target_sec
= r_reloc_get_section (r_rel
);
8464 /* This is the difficult case. We have to create a fix up. */
8465 this_rela
.r_offset
= offset
;
8466 this_rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, r_type
);
8467 this_rela
.r_addend
=
8468 r_rel
->target_offset
- r_reloc_get_target_offset (r_rel
);
8469 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, lit
->value
, contents
+ offset
);
8471 /* Currently, we cannot move relocations during a relocatable link. */
8472 BFD_ASSERT (!link_info
->relocatable
);
8473 fix
= reloc_bfd_fix_init (sec
, offset
, r_type
, r_rel
->abfd
,
8474 r_reloc_get_section (r_rel
),
8475 r_rel
->target_offset
+ r_rel
->virtual_offset
,
8477 /* We also need to mark that relocations are needed here. */
8478 sec
->flags
|= SEC_RELOC
;
8480 translate_reloc_bfd_fix (fix
);
8481 /* This fix has not yet been translated. */
8484 /* Add the relocation. If we have already allocated our own
8485 space for the relocations and we have room for more, then use
8486 it. Otherwise, allocate new space and move the literals. */
8487 insert_at
= sec
->reloc_count
;
8488 for (i
= 0; i
< sec
->reloc_count
; ++i
)
8490 if (this_rela
.r_offset
< (*internal_relocs_p
)[i
].r_offset
)
8497 if (*internal_relocs_p
!= relax_info
->allocated_relocs
8498 || sec
->reloc_count
+ 1 > relax_info
->allocated_relocs_count
)
8500 BFD_ASSERT (relax_info
->allocated_relocs
== NULL
8501 || sec
->reloc_count
== relax_info
->relocs_count
);
8503 if (relax_info
->allocated_relocs_count
== 0)
8504 new_relocs_count
= (sec
->reloc_count
+ 2) * 2;
8506 new_relocs_count
= (relax_info
->allocated_relocs_count
+ 2) * 2;
8508 new_relocs
= (Elf_Internal_Rela
*)
8509 bfd_zmalloc (sizeof (Elf_Internal_Rela
) * (new_relocs_count
));
8513 /* We could handle this more quickly by finding the split point. */
8515 memcpy (new_relocs
, *internal_relocs_p
,
8516 insert_at
* sizeof (Elf_Internal_Rela
));
8518 new_relocs
[insert_at
] = this_rela
;
8520 if (insert_at
!= sec
->reloc_count
)
8521 memcpy (new_relocs
+ insert_at
+ 1,
8522 (*internal_relocs_p
) + insert_at
,
8523 (sec
->reloc_count
- insert_at
)
8524 * sizeof (Elf_Internal_Rela
));
8526 if (*internal_relocs_p
!= relax_info
->allocated_relocs
)
8528 /* The first time we re-allocate, we can only free the
8529 old relocs if they were allocated with bfd_malloc.
8530 This is not true when keep_memory is in effect. */
8531 if (!link_info
->keep_memory
)
8532 free (*internal_relocs_p
);
8535 free (*internal_relocs_p
);
8536 relax_info
->allocated_relocs
= new_relocs
;
8537 relax_info
->allocated_relocs_count
= new_relocs_count
;
8538 elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
= new_relocs
;
8540 relax_info
->relocs_count
= sec
->reloc_count
;
8541 *internal_relocs_p
= new_relocs
;
8545 if (insert_at
!= sec
->reloc_count
)
8548 for (idx
= sec
->reloc_count
; idx
> insert_at
; idx
--)
8549 (*internal_relocs_p
)[idx
] = (*internal_relocs_p
)[idx
-1];
8551 (*internal_relocs_p
)[insert_at
] = this_rela
;
8553 if (relax_info
->allocated_relocs
)
8554 relax_info
->relocs_count
= sec
->reloc_count
;
8561 /* This is similar to relax_section except that when a target is moved,
8562 we shift addresses up. We also need to modify the size. This
8563 algorithm does NOT allow for relocations into the middle of the
8564 property sections. */
8567 relax_property_section (bfd
*abfd
,
8569 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
8571 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
;
8574 bfd_boolean ok
= TRUE
;
8575 bfd_boolean is_full_prop_section
;
8576 size_t last_zfill_target_offset
= 0;
8577 asection
*last_zfill_target_sec
= NULL
;
8578 bfd_size_type sec_size
;
8580 sec_size
= bfd_get_section_limit (abfd
, sec
);
8581 internal_relocs
= retrieve_internal_relocs (abfd
, sec
,
8582 link_info
->keep_memory
);
8583 contents
= retrieve_contents (abfd
, sec
, link_info
->keep_memory
);
8584 if (contents
== NULL
&& sec_size
!= 0)
8590 is_full_prop_section
=
8591 ((strcmp (sec
->name
, XTENSA_PROP_SEC_NAME
) == 0)
8592 || (strncmp (sec
->name
, ".gnu.linkonce.prop.",
8593 sizeof ".gnu.linkonce.prop." - 1) == 0));
8595 if (internal_relocs
)
8597 for (i
= 0; i
< sec
->reloc_count
; i
++)
8599 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irel
;
8600 xtensa_relax_info
*target_relax_info
;
8602 asection
*target_sec
;
8604 bfd_byte
*size_p
, *flags_p
;
8606 /* Locally change the source address.
8607 Translate the target to the new target address.
8608 If it points to this section and has been removed, MOVE IT.
8609 Also, don't forget to modify the associated SIZE at
8612 irel
= &internal_relocs
[i
];
8613 r_type
= ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
->r_info
);
8614 if (r_type
== R_XTENSA_NONE
)
8617 /* Find the literal value. */
8618 r_reloc_init (&val
.r_rel
, abfd
, irel
, contents
, sec_size
);
8619 size_p
= &contents
[irel
->r_offset
+ 4];
8621 if (is_full_prop_section
)
8623 flags_p
= &contents
[irel
->r_offset
+ 8];
8624 BFD_ASSERT (irel
->r_offset
+ 12 <= sec_size
);
8627 BFD_ASSERT (irel
->r_offset
+ 8 <= sec_size
);
8629 target_sec
= r_reloc_get_section (&val
.r_rel
);
8630 target_relax_info
= get_xtensa_relax_info (target_sec
);
8632 if (target_relax_info
8633 && (target_relax_info
->is_relaxable_literal_section
8634 || target_relax_info
->is_relaxable_asm_section
))
8636 /* Translate the relocation's destination. */
8637 bfd_vma new_offset
, new_end_offset
;
8638 long old_size
, new_size
;
8640 new_offset
= offset_with_removed_text
8641 (&target_relax_info
->action_list
, val
.r_rel
.target_offset
);
8643 /* Assert that we are not out of bounds. */
8644 old_size
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, size_p
);
8648 /* Only the first zero-sized unreachable entry is
8649 allowed to expand. In this case the new offset
8650 should be the offset before the fill and the new
8651 size is the expansion size. For other zero-sized
8652 entries the resulting size should be zero with an
8653 offset before or after the fill address depending
8654 on whether the expanding unreachable entry
8656 if (last_zfill_target_sec
8657 && last_zfill_target_sec
== target_sec
8658 && last_zfill_target_offset
== val
.r_rel
.target_offset
)
8659 new_end_offset
= new_offset
;
8662 new_end_offset
= new_offset
;
8663 new_offset
= offset_with_removed_text_before_fill
8664 (&target_relax_info
->action_list
,
8665 val
.r_rel
.target_offset
);
8667 /* If it is not unreachable and we have not yet
8668 seen an unreachable at this address, place it
8669 before the fill address. */
8671 || (bfd_get_32 (abfd
, flags_p
)
8672 & XTENSA_PROP_UNREACHABLE
) == 0)
8673 new_end_offset
= new_offset
;
8676 last_zfill_target_sec
= target_sec
;
8677 last_zfill_target_offset
= val
.r_rel
.target_offset
;
8683 new_end_offset
= offset_with_removed_text_before_fill
8684 (&target_relax_info
->action_list
,
8685 val
.r_rel
.target_offset
+ old_size
);
8688 new_size
= new_end_offset
- new_offset
;
8690 if (new_size
!= old_size
)
8692 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, new_size
, size_p
);
8693 pin_contents (sec
, contents
);
8696 if (new_offset
!= val
.r_rel
.target_offset
)
8698 bfd_vma diff
= new_offset
- val
.r_rel
.target_offset
;
8699 irel
->r_addend
+= diff
;
8700 pin_internal_relocs (sec
, internal_relocs
);
8706 /* Combine adjacent property table entries. This is also done in
8707 finish_dynamic_sections() but at that point it's too late to
8708 reclaim the space in the output section, so we do this twice. */
8710 if (internal_relocs
&& (!link_info
->relocatable
8711 || strcmp (sec
->name
, XTENSA_LIT_SEC_NAME
) == 0))
8713 Elf_Internal_Rela
*last_irel
= NULL
;
8714 int removed_bytes
= 0;
8715 bfd_vma offset
, last_irel_offset
;
8716 bfd_vma section_size
;
8717 bfd_size_type entry_size
;
8718 flagword predef_flags
;
8720 if (is_full_prop_section
)
8725 predef_flags
= xtensa_get_property_predef_flags (sec
);
8727 /* Walk over memory and irels at the same time.
8728 This REQUIRES that the internal_relocs be sorted by offset. */
8729 qsort (internal_relocs
, sec
->reloc_count
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Rela
),
8730 internal_reloc_compare
);
8731 nexti
= 0; /* Index into internal_relocs. */
8733 pin_internal_relocs (sec
, internal_relocs
);
8734 pin_contents (sec
, contents
);
8736 last_irel_offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
8737 section_size
= sec
->size
;
8738 BFD_ASSERT (section_size
% entry_size
== 0);
8740 for (offset
= 0; offset
< section_size
; offset
+= entry_size
)
8742 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irel
, *next_irel
;
8743 bfd_vma bytes_to_remove
, size
, actual_offset
;
8744 bfd_boolean remove_this_irel
;
8750 /* Find the next two relocations (if there are that many left),
8751 skipping over any R_XTENSA_NONE relocs. On entry, "nexti" is
8752 the starting reloc index. After these two loops, "i"
8753 is the index of the first non-NONE reloc past that starting
8754 index, and "nexti" is the index for the next non-NONE reloc
8757 for (i
= nexti
; i
< sec
->reloc_count
; i
++)
8759 if (ELF32_R_TYPE (internal_relocs
[i
].r_info
) != R_XTENSA_NONE
)
8761 irel
= &internal_relocs
[i
];
8764 internal_relocs
[i
].r_offset
-= removed_bytes
;
8767 for (nexti
= i
+ 1; nexti
< sec
->reloc_count
; nexti
++)
8769 if (ELF32_R_TYPE (internal_relocs
[nexti
].r_info
)
8772 next_irel
= &internal_relocs
[nexti
];
8775 internal_relocs
[nexti
].r_offset
-= removed_bytes
;
8778 remove_this_irel
= FALSE
;
8779 bytes_to_remove
= 0;
8780 actual_offset
= offset
- removed_bytes
;
8781 size
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, &contents
[actual_offset
+ 4]);
8783 if (is_full_prop_section
)
8784 flags
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, &contents
[actual_offset
+ 8]);
8786 flags
= predef_flags
;
8788 /* Check that the irels are sorted by offset,
8789 with only one per address. */
8790 BFD_ASSERT (!irel
|| (int) irel
->r_offset
> (int) last_irel_offset
);
8791 BFD_ASSERT (!next_irel
|| next_irel
->r_offset
> irel
->r_offset
);
8793 /* Make sure there aren't relocs on the size or flag fields. */
8794 if ((irel
&& irel
->r_offset
== offset
+ 4)
8795 || (is_full_prop_section
8796 && irel
&& irel
->r_offset
== offset
+ 8))
8798 irel
->r_offset
-= removed_bytes
;
8799 last_irel_offset
= irel
->r_offset
;
8801 else if (next_irel
&& (next_irel
->r_offset
== offset
+ 4
8802 || (is_full_prop_section
8803 && next_irel
->r_offset
== offset
+ 8)))
8806 irel
->r_offset
-= removed_bytes
;
8807 next_irel
->r_offset
-= removed_bytes
;
8808 last_irel_offset
= next_irel
->r_offset
;
8810 else if (size
== 0 && (flags
& XTENSA_PROP_ALIGN
) == 0
8811 && (flags
& XTENSA_PROP_UNREACHABLE
) == 0)
8813 /* Always remove entries with zero size and no alignment. */
8814 bytes_to_remove
= entry_size
;
8815 if (irel
&& irel
->r_offset
== offset
)
8817 remove_this_irel
= TRUE
;
8819 irel
->r_offset
-= removed_bytes
;
8820 last_irel_offset
= irel
->r_offset
;
8823 else if (irel
&& irel
->r_offset
== offset
)
8825 if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
->r_info
) == R_XTENSA_32
)
8831 bfd_get_32 (abfd
, &contents
[last_irel
->r_offset
+ 4]);
8832 bfd_vma old_address
=
8833 (last_irel
->r_addend
8834 + bfd_get_32 (abfd
, &contents
[last_irel
->r_offset
]));
8835 bfd_vma new_address
=
8837 + bfd_get_32 (abfd
, &contents
[actual_offset
]));
8838 if (is_full_prop_section
)
8839 old_flags
= bfd_get_32
8840 (abfd
, &contents
[last_irel
->r_offset
+ 8]);
8842 old_flags
= predef_flags
;
8844 if ((ELF32_R_SYM (irel
->r_info
)
8845 == ELF32_R_SYM (last_irel
->r_info
))
8846 && old_address
+ old_size
== new_address
8847 && old_flags
== flags
8848 && (old_flags
& XTENSA_PROP_INSN_BRANCH_TARGET
) == 0
8849 && (old_flags
& XTENSA_PROP_INSN_LOOP_TARGET
) == 0)
8851 /* Fix the old size. */
8852 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, old_size
+ size
,
8853 &contents
[last_irel
->r_offset
+ 4]);
8854 bytes_to_remove
= entry_size
;
8855 remove_this_irel
= TRUE
;
8864 irel
->r_offset
-= removed_bytes
;
8865 last_irel_offset
= irel
->r_offset
;
8868 if (remove_this_irel
)
8870 irel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_XTENSA_NONE
);
8871 irel
->r_offset
-= bytes_to_remove
;
8874 if (bytes_to_remove
!= 0)
8876 removed_bytes
+= bytes_to_remove
;
8877 if (offset
+ bytes_to_remove
< section_size
)
8878 memmove (&contents
[actual_offset
],
8879 &contents
[actual_offset
+ bytes_to_remove
],
8880 section_size
- offset
- bytes_to_remove
);
8886 /* Clear the removed bytes. */
8887 memset (&contents
[section_size
- removed_bytes
], 0, removed_bytes
);
8889 sec
->size
= section_size
- removed_bytes
;
8891 if (xtensa_is_littable_section (sec
))
8893 bfd
*dynobj
= elf_hash_table (link_info
)->dynobj
;
8897 bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".got.loc");
8899 sgotloc
->size
-= removed_bytes
;
8906 release_internal_relocs (sec
, internal_relocs
);
8907 release_contents (sec
, contents
);
8912 /* Third relaxation pass. */
8914 /* Change symbol values to account for removed literals. */
8917 relax_section_symbols (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
8919 xtensa_relax_info
*relax_info
;
8920 unsigned int sec_shndx
;
8921 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
8922 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
;
8923 unsigned i
, num_syms
, num_locals
;
8925 relax_info
= get_xtensa_relax_info (sec
);
8926 BFD_ASSERT (relax_info
);
8928 if (!relax_info
->is_relaxable_literal_section
8929 && !relax_info
->is_relaxable_asm_section
)
8932 sec_shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, sec
);
8934 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
8935 isymbuf
= retrieve_local_syms (abfd
);
8937 num_syms
= symtab_hdr
->sh_size
/ sizeof (Elf32_External_Sym
);
8938 num_locals
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
8940 /* Adjust the local symbols defined in this section. */
8941 for (i
= 0; i
< num_locals
; i
++)
8943 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
= &isymbuf
[i
];
8945 if (isym
->st_shndx
== sec_shndx
)
8947 bfd_vma new_address
= offset_with_removed_text
8948 (&relax_info
->action_list
, isym
->st_value
);
8949 bfd_vma new_size
= isym
->st_size
;
8951 if (ELF32_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_FUNC
)
8953 bfd_vma new_end
= offset_with_removed_text
8954 (&relax_info
->action_list
, isym
->st_value
+ isym
->st_size
);
8955 new_size
= new_end
- new_address
;
8958 isym
->st_value
= new_address
;
8959 isym
->st_size
= new_size
;
8963 /* Now adjust the global symbols defined in this section. */
8964 for (i
= 0; i
< (num_syms
- num_locals
); i
++)
8966 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*sym_hash
;
8968 sym_hash
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
)[i
];
8970 if (sym_hash
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
8971 sym_hash
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) sym_hash
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
8973 if ((sym_hash
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
8974 || sym_hash
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
8975 && sym_hash
->root
.u
.def
.section
== sec
)
8977 bfd_vma new_address
= offset_with_removed_text
8978 (&relax_info
->action_list
, sym_hash
->root
.u
.def
.value
);
8979 bfd_vma new_size
= sym_hash
->size
;
8981 if (sym_hash
->type
== STT_FUNC
)
8983 bfd_vma new_end
= offset_with_removed_text
8984 (&relax_info
->action_list
,
8985 sym_hash
->root
.u
.def
.value
+ sym_hash
->size
);
8986 new_size
= new_end
- new_address
;
8989 sym_hash
->root
.u
.def
.value
= new_address
;
8990 sym_hash
->size
= new_size
;
8998 /* "Fix" handling functions, called while performing relocations. */
9001 do_fix_for_relocatable_link (Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
9003 asection
*input_section
,
9007 asection
*sec
, *old_sec
;
9009 int r_type
= ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
9012 if (r_type
== R_XTENSA_NONE
)
9015 fix
= get_bfd_fix (input_section
, rel
->r_offset
, r_type
);
9019 r_reloc_init (&r_rel
, input_bfd
, rel
, contents
,
9020 bfd_get_section_limit (input_bfd
, input_section
));
9021 old_sec
= r_reloc_get_section (&r_rel
);
9022 old_offset
= r_rel
.target_offset
;
9024 if (!old_sec
|| !r_reloc_is_defined (&r_rel
))
9026 if (r_type
!= R_XTENSA_ASM_EXPAND
)
9028 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
9029 (_("%B(%A+0x%lx): unexpected fix for %s relocation"),
9030 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
9031 elf_howto_table
[r_type
].name
);
9034 /* Leave it be. Resolution will happen in a later stage. */
9038 sec
= fix
->target_sec
;
9039 rel
->r_addend
+= ((sec
->output_offset
+ fix
->target_offset
)
9040 - (old_sec
->output_offset
+ old_offset
));
9047 do_fix_for_final_link (Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
9049 asection
*input_section
,
9051 bfd_vma
*relocationp
)
9054 int r_type
= ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
9058 if (r_type
== R_XTENSA_NONE
)
9061 fix
= get_bfd_fix (input_section
, rel
->r_offset
, r_type
);
9065 sec
= fix
->target_sec
;
9067 fixup_diff
= rel
->r_addend
;
9068 if (elf_howto_table
[fix
->src_type
].partial_inplace
)
9070 bfd_vma inplace_val
;
9071 BFD_ASSERT (fix
->src_offset
9072 < bfd_get_section_limit (input_bfd
, input_section
));
9073 inplace_val
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, &contents
[fix
->src_offset
]);
9074 fixup_diff
+= inplace_val
;
9077 *relocationp
= (sec
->output_section
->vma
9078 + sec
->output_offset
9079 + fix
->target_offset
- fixup_diff
);
9083 /* Miscellaneous utility functions.... */
9086 elf_xtensa_get_plt_section (bfd
*dynobj
, int chunk
)
9091 return bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".plt");
9093 sprintf (plt_name
, ".plt.%u", chunk
);
9094 return bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, plt_name
);
9099 elf_xtensa_get_gotplt_section (bfd
*dynobj
, int chunk
)
9104 return bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".got.plt");
9106 sprintf (got_name
, ".got.plt.%u", chunk
);
9107 return bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, got_name
);
9111 /* Get the input section for a given symbol index.
9113 . a section symbol, return the section;
9114 . a common symbol, return the common section;
9115 . an undefined symbol, return the undefined section;
9116 . an indirect symbol, follow the links;
9117 . an absolute value, return the absolute section. */
9120 get_elf_r_symndx_section (bfd
*abfd
, unsigned long r_symndx
)
9122 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
9123 asection
*target_sec
= NULL
;
9124 if (r_symndx
< symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
9126 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
;
9127 unsigned int section_index
;
9129 isymbuf
= retrieve_local_syms (abfd
);
9130 section_index
= isymbuf
[r_symndx
].st_shndx
;
9132 if (section_index
== SHN_UNDEF
)
9133 target_sec
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
9134 else if (section_index
> 0 && section_index
< SHN_LORESERVE
)
9135 target_sec
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, section_index
);
9136 else if (section_index
== SHN_ABS
)
9137 target_sec
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
9138 else if (section_index
== SHN_COMMON
)
9139 target_sec
= bfd_com_section_ptr
;
9146 unsigned long indx
= r_symndx
- symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
9147 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
)[indx
];
9149 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
9150 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
9151 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
9153 switch (h
->root
.type
)
9155 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
9156 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
9157 target_sec
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
9159 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
9160 target_sec
= bfd_com_section_ptr
;
9162 case bfd_link_hash_undefined
:
9163 case bfd_link_hash_undefweak
:
9164 target_sec
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
9166 default: /* New indirect warning. */
9167 target_sec
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
9175 static struct elf_link_hash_entry
*
9176 get_elf_r_symndx_hash_entry (bfd
*abfd
, unsigned long r_symndx
)
9179 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
9180 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
9182 if (r_symndx
< symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
9185 indx
= r_symndx
- symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
9186 h
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
)[indx
];
9187 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
9188 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
9189 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
9194 /* Get the section-relative offset for a symbol number. */
9197 get_elf_r_symndx_offset (bfd
*abfd
, unsigned long r_symndx
)
9199 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
9202 if (r_symndx
< symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
9204 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
;
9205 isymbuf
= retrieve_local_syms (abfd
);
9206 offset
= isymbuf
[r_symndx
].st_value
;
9210 unsigned long indx
= r_symndx
- symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
9211 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
=
9212 elf_sym_hashes (abfd
)[indx
];
9214 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
9215 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
9216 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
9217 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
9218 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
9219 offset
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
9226 is_reloc_sym_weak (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
)
9228 unsigned long r_symndx
= ELF32_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
9229 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
9231 h
= get_elf_r_symndx_hash_entry (abfd
, r_symndx
);
9232 if (h
&& h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
9239 pcrel_reloc_fits (xtensa_opcode opc
,
9241 bfd_vma self_address
,
9242 bfd_vma dest_address
)
9244 xtensa_isa isa
= xtensa_default_isa
;
9245 uint32 valp
= dest_address
;
9246 if (xtensa_operand_do_reloc (isa
, opc
, opnd
, &valp
, self_address
)
9247 || xtensa_operand_encode (isa
, opc
, opnd
, &valp
))
9253 static int linkonce_len
= sizeof (".gnu.linkonce.") - 1;
9254 static int insn_sec_len
= sizeof (XTENSA_INSN_SEC_NAME
) - 1;
9255 static int lit_sec_len
= sizeof (XTENSA_LIT_SEC_NAME
) - 1;
9256 static int prop_sec_len
= sizeof (XTENSA_PROP_SEC_NAME
) - 1;
9260 xtensa_is_property_section (asection
*sec
)
9262 if (strncmp (XTENSA_INSN_SEC_NAME
, sec
->name
, insn_sec_len
) == 0
9263 || strncmp (XTENSA_LIT_SEC_NAME
, sec
->name
, lit_sec_len
) == 0
9264 || strncmp (XTENSA_PROP_SEC_NAME
, sec
->name
, prop_sec_len
) == 0)
9267 if (strncmp (".gnu.linkonce.", sec
->name
, linkonce_len
) == 0
9268 && (strncmp (&sec
->name
[linkonce_len
], "x.", 2) == 0
9269 || strncmp (&sec
->name
[linkonce_len
], "p.", 2) == 0
9270 || strncmp (&sec
->name
[linkonce_len
], "prop.", 5) == 0))
9278 xtensa_is_littable_section (asection
*sec
)
9280 if (strncmp (XTENSA_LIT_SEC_NAME
, sec
->name
, lit_sec_len
) == 0)
9283 if (strncmp (".gnu.linkonce.", sec
->name
, linkonce_len
) == 0
9284 && sec
->name
[linkonce_len
] == 'p'
9285 && sec
->name
[linkonce_len
+ 1] == '.')
9293 internal_reloc_compare (const void *ap
, const void *bp
)
9295 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*a
= (const Elf_Internal_Rela
*) ap
;
9296 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*b
= (const Elf_Internal_Rela
*) bp
;
9298 if (a
->r_offset
!= b
->r_offset
)
9299 return (a
->r_offset
- b
->r_offset
);
9301 /* We don't need to sort on these criteria for correctness,
9302 but enforcing a more strict ordering prevents unstable qsort
9303 from behaving differently with different implementations.
9304 Without the code below we get correct but different results
9305 on Solaris 2.7 and 2.8. We would like to always produce the
9306 same results no matter the host. */
9308 if (a
->r_info
!= b
->r_info
)
9309 return (a
->r_info
- b
->r_info
);
9311 return (a
->r_addend
- b
->r_addend
);
9316 internal_reloc_matches (const void *ap
, const void *bp
)
9318 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*a
= (const Elf_Internal_Rela
*) ap
;
9319 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*b
= (const Elf_Internal_Rela
*) bp
;
9321 /* Check if one entry overlaps with the other; this shouldn't happen
9322 except when searching for a match. */
9323 return (a
->r_offset
- b
->r_offset
);
9328 xtensa_get_property_section_name (asection
*sec
, const char *base_name
)
9330 if (strncmp (sec
->name
, ".gnu.linkonce.", linkonce_len
) == 0)
9332 char *prop_sec_name
;
9334 char *linkonce_kind
= 0;
9336 if (strcmp (base_name
, XTENSA_INSN_SEC_NAME
) == 0)
9337 linkonce_kind
= "x.";
9338 else if (strcmp (base_name
, XTENSA_LIT_SEC_NAME
) == 0)
9339 linkonce_kind
= "p.";
9340 else if (strcmp (base_name
, XTENSA_PROP_SEC_NAME
) == 0)
9341 linkonce_kind
= "prop.";
9345 prop_sec_name
= (char *) bfd_malloc (strlen (sec
->name
)
9346 + strlen (linkonce_kind
) + 1);
9347 memcpy (prop_sec_name
, ".gnu.linkonce.", linkonce_len
);
9348 strcpy (prop_sec_name
+ linkonce_len
, linkonce_kind
);
9350 suffix
= sec
->name
+ linkonce_len
;
9351 /* For backward compatibility, replace "t." instead of inserting
9352 the new linkonce_kind (but not for "prop" sections). */
9353 if (strncmp (suffix
, "t.", 2) == 0 && linkonce_kind
[1] == '.')
9355 strcat (prop_sec_name
+ linkonce_len
, suffix
);
9357 return prop_sec_name
;
9360 return strdup (base_name
);
9365 xtensa_get_property_predef_flags (asection
*sec
)
9367 if (strcmp (sec
->name
, XTENSA_INSN_SEC_NAME
) == 0
9368 || strncmp (sec
->name
, ".gnu.linkonce.x.",
9369 sizeof ".gnu.linkonce.x." - 1) == 0)
9370 return (XTENSA_PROP_INSN
9371 | XTENSA_PROP_INSN_NO_TRANSFORM
9372 | XTENSA_PROP_INSN_NO_REORDER
);
9374 if (xtensa_is_littable_section (sec
))
9375 return (XTENSA_PROP_LITERAL
9376 | XTENSA_PROP_INSN_NO_TRANSFORM
9377 | XTENSA_PROP_INSN_NO_REORDER
);
9383 /* Other functions called directly by the linker. */
9386 xtensa_callback_required_dependence (bfd
*abfd
,
9388 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
,
9389 deps_callback_t callback
,
9392 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
;
9395 bfd_boolean ok
= TRUE
;
9396 bfd_size_type sec_size
;
9398 sec_size
= bfd_get_section_limit (abfd
, sec
);
9400 /* ".plt*" sections have no explicit relocations but they contain L32R
9401 instructions that reference the corresponding ".got.plt*" sections. */
9402 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) != 0
9403 && strncmp (sec
->name
, ".plt", 4) == 0)
9407 /* Find the corresponding ".got.plt*" section. */
9408 if (sec
->name
[4] == '\0')
9409 sgotplt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (sec
->owner
, ".got.plt");
9415 BFD_ASSERT (sec
->name
[4] == '.');
9416 chunk
= strtol (&sec
->name
[5], NULL
, 10);
9418 sprintf (got_name
, ".got.plt.%u", chunk
);
9419 sgotplt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (sec
->owner
, got_name
);
9421 BFD_ASSERT (sgotplt
);
9423 /* Assume worst-case offsets: L32R at the very end of the ".plt"
9424 section referencing a literal at the very beginning of
9425 ".got.plt". This is very close to the real dependence, anyway. */
9426 (*callback
) (sec
, sec_size
, sgotplt
, 0, closure
);
9429 internal_relocs
= retrieve_internal_relocs (abfd
, sec
,
9430 link_info
->keep_memory
);
9431 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
9432 || sec
->reloc_count
== 0)
9435 /* Cache the contents for the duration of this scan. */
9436 contents
= retrieve_contents (abfd
, sec
, link_info
->keep_memory
);
9437 if (contents
== NULL
&& sec_size
!= 0)
9443 if (!xtensa_default_isa
)
9444 xtensa_default_isa
= xtensa_isa_init (0, 0);
9446 for (i
= 0; i
< sec
->reloc_count
; i
++)
9448 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irel
= &internal_relocs
[i
];
9449 if (is_l32r_relocation (abfd
, sec
, contents
, irel
))
9452 asection
*target_sec
;
9453 bfd_vma target_offset
;
9455 r_reloc_init (&l32r_rel
, abfd
, irel
, contents
, sec_size
);
9458 /* L32Rs must be local to the input file. */
9459 if (r_reloc_is_defined (&l32r_rel
))
9461 target_sec
= r_reloc_get_section (&l32r_rel
);
9462 target_offset
= l32r_rel
.target_offset
;
9464 (*callback
) (sec
, irel
->r_offset
, target_sec
, target_offset
,
9470 release_internal_relocs (sec
, internal_relocs
);
9471 release_contents (sec
, contents
);
9475 /* The default literal sections should always be marked as "code" (i.e.,
9476 SHF_EXECINSTR). This is particularly important for the Linux kernel
9477 module loader so that the literals are not placed after the text. */
9478 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section elf_xtensa_special_sections
[] =
9480 { ".fini.literal", 13, 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
9481 { ".init.literal", 13, 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
9482 { ".literal", 8, 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
9483 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
9487 #define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM bfd_elf32_xtensa_le_vec
9488 #define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME "elf32-xtensa-le"
9489 #define TARGET_BIG_SYM bfd_elf32_xtensa_be_vec
9490 #define TARGET_BIG_NAME "elf32-xtensa-be"
9491 #define ELF_ARCH bfd_arch_xtensa
9493 /* The new EM_XTENSA value will be recognized beginning in the Xtensa T1040
9494 release. However, we still have to generate files with the EM_XTENSA_OLD
9495 value so that pre-T1040 tools can read the files. As soon as we stop
9496 caring about pre-T1040 tools, the following two values should be
9497 swapped. At the same time, any other code that uses EM_XTENSA_OLD
9498 should be changed to use EM_XTENSA. */
9499 #define ELF_MACHINE_CODE EM_XTENSA_OLD
9500 #define ELF_MACHINE_ALT1 EM_XTENSA
9503 #define ELF_MAXPAGESIZE (1 << XCHAL_MMU_MIN_PTE_PAGE_SIZE)
9504 #else /* !XCHAL_HAVE_MMU */
9505 #define ELF_MAXPAGESIZE 1
9506 #endif /* !XCHAL_HAVE_MMU */
9507 #endif /* ELF_ARCH */
9509 #define elf_backend_can_gc_sections 1
9510 #define elf_backend_can_refcount 1
9511 #define elf_backend_plt_readonly 1
9512 #define elf_backend_got_header_size 4
9513 #define elf_backend_want_dynbss 0
9514 #define elf_backend_want_got_plt 1
9516 #define elf_info_to_howto elf_xtensa_info_to_howto_rela
9518 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_merge_private_bfd_data elf_xtensa_merge_private_bfd_data
9519 #define bfd_elf32_new_section_hook elf_xtensa_new_section_hook
9520 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_print_private_bfd_data elf_xtensa_print_private_bfd_data
9521 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_relax_section elf_xtensa_relax_section
9522 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_reloc_type_lookup elf_xtensa_reloc_type_lookup
9523 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_set_private_flags elf_xtensa_set_private_flags
9525 #define elf_backend_adjust_dynamic_symbol elf_xtensa_adjust_dynamic_symbol
9526 #define elf_backend_check_relocs elf_xtensa_check_relocs
9527 #define elf_backend_create_dynamic_sections elf_xtensa_create_dynamic_sections
9528 #define elf_backend_discard_info elf_xtensa_discard_info
9529 #define elf_backend_ignore_discarded_relocs elf_xtensa_ignore_discarded_relocs
9530 #define elf_backend_final_write_processing elf_xtensa_final_write_processing
9531 #define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_sections elf_xtensa_finish_dynamic_sections
9532 #define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_symbol elf_xtensa_finish_dynamic_symbol
9533 #define elf_backend_gc_mark_hook elf_xtensa_gc_mark_hook
9534 #define elf_backend_gc_sweep_hook elf_xtensa_gc_sweep_hook
9535 #define elf_backend_grok_prstatus elf_xtensa_grok_prstatus
9536 #define elf_backend_grok_psinfo elf_xtensa_grok_psinfo
9537 #define elf_backend_hide_symbol elf_xtensa_hide_symbol
9538 #define elf_backend_modify_segment_map elf_xtensa_modify_segment_map
9539 #define elf_backend_object_p elf_xtensa_object_p
9540 #define elf_backend_reloc_type_class elf_xtensa_reloc_type_class
9541 #define elf_backend_relocate_section elf_xtensa_relocate_section
9542 #define elf_backend_size_dynamic_sections elf_xtensa_size_dynamic_sections
9543 #define elf_backend_special_sections elf_xtensa_special_sections
9545 #include "elf32-target.h"